pneumatic gripping modules...sgb pneumatic · 2-finger angular grippers · angular grippers for...

256
Pneumatic Gripping Modules Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers

Upload: others

Post on 27-Jul-2020

17 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

Pneumatic Gripping ModulesPneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers

Kapitel_2-Finger Angular.qxd 10.04.2008 12:51 Uhr Seite 558

Page 2: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

Pneumatic Gripping ModulesPneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers

559w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

2-FI

NG

ER A

NG

ULAR

GRI

PPER

S Series Size Page

Angular Grippers for Small Components

SGB 560

SGB 32 564

SGB 40 568

SGB 50 572

SWG 576

SWG 10 580

SWG 12 582

SWG 16 584

SWG 20 588

SWG 25 592

SWG 32 596

SWG 40 600

SWG 50 604

RHL 608

RHL 0 612

Universal Angular Grippers

PWG-S 614

PWG-S 40 618

PWG-S 60 622

PWG-S 80 626

PWG 630

PWG 65 634

PWG 90 638

PWG 130 642

PWG 170 646

PWG 230 650

Kapitel_2-Finger Angular.qxd 10.04.2008 12:52 Uhr Seite 559

Page 3: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SGBPneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

560 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Sizes32 .. 50

Weight0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz

Gripping moment0.90 Nm .. 4.95 Nm0.664 lbf ft .. 3.7 lbf ft

Opening angle per finger8°

Workpiece weight0.2 kg .. 0.8 kg7.05 oz .. 28.22 oz

Application example

Rotating unit for the simultaneous rotationof 3 small components by 90°

SGB 50 2-Finger Angular Gripper MRU 12.1-E-4 Miniature Rotary Unit

20_SGB_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:10 Uhr Seite 560

Page 4: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SGBPneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

561w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Housing of carbon-fiber-reinforced plasticmaking the gripper extremely light and corrosion resistant

Wedge-hook designfor high power transmission and synchronized gripping

Basic version generally equipped with a pressurepiecefor the spring-assisted pressing of workpieces

Low priceespecially suitable for low-budget applications

Small, plastic angular gripper with spring return and single-actingpiston

Angular Gripper for small components

Area of applicationFor universal use in clean and slightly dirty environments, with special requirements for the corrosion resistance and antistaticproperties of the gripper unit

Your advantages and benefits

General information on the seriesWorking principleSingle-acting cylinder piston with lever mechanism and spring return

Housing materialCarbon-fiber-reinforced plastic with metal functional parts

Base jaw materialCarbon-fiber-reinforced plastic

ActuationPneumatic, with filtered compressed air (10 μm): Dry, lubricated or non-lubricatedPressure medium: Required quality class of compressed air according to DIN ISO8573-1: Quality class 4

Warranty24 months

Scope of deliveryIntegrated, spring-loaded locating plate, assembly and operating manual with manufacturer’s declaration

Gripping force safety devicepossible with SDV-P pressure maintenance valve

20_SGB_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:10 Uhr Seite 561

Page 5: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SGBPneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

562 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Base jawsfor the connection of workpiece-specificgripper fingers

Pressure piecespring-loaded, for pressing workpieces intoplace

Kinematicslever mechanism for precise, synchronizedgripping

Drivesingle-acting double piston system with springreturn

Housingweight-reduced through the use of the use ofcarbon-fiber-reinforced plastic

The two horizontally arranged pistons are pressed away from each other bycompressed air. The base jaws are opened at an angle and in a synchronized fashion by the bearing-mounted lever mechanism. Return is effected by acompression spring.

Function descriptionThe use of carbon-fiber-reinforced plastics endows the SGB with a very low weightand a disproportionately high gripping force.

Options and special information

Sectional diagram

20_SGB_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:10 Uhr Seite 562

Page 6: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SGBPneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

563w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Gripping momentis the arithmetic total of gripping moments for each base jaw.

Finger lengthis measured from the upper edge of the gripper housing in the direction of the mainaxis. If the max. permitted finger length is exceeded, as with heavy fingers, the speed of movement of the jaws must be restricted and/or the opening anglereduced. The service life of the gripper may be reduced.

Repeat accuracyis defined as the spread of the limit position after 100 consecutive strokes.

Workpiece weightThe recommended workpiece weight is calculated for a force-type connection with acoefficient of friction of 0.1 and a safety factor of 2 against slippage of the work-piece on acceleration due to gravity g. Considerably heavier workpiece weights arepermitted with form-fit gripping.

Closing and opening timesClosing and opening times are purely the times that the base jaws or fingers are inmotion. Valve switching times, hose filling times or SPC reaction times are notincluded in the above times and must be taken into consideration when determiningcycle times.

General information on the series

SCHUNK accessories – thesuitable complement for thehighest level of functionality,reliability and controlled pro-duction of all automationmodules.

FittingsIN inductive proximityswitches

Quentes plastic inserts

HKI gripper pads V sensor distributors

SDV-P pressure maintenance valves

Accessories

W/WK/KV/GK sensor cables

J For the exact size of the required accessories, availability of this size and the designation and ID, please refer to the additional views at the end of the size in question. Youcan find more detailed information on our accessory range in the “Accessories” catalog section.

20_SGB_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:11 Uhr Seite 563

Page 7: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SGB 32Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

564 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Technical data

Finger load

J Moments and forces apply per base jaw and may occursimultaneously. If the max. permitted finger weight isexceeded, it is imperative to throttle the air pressure sothat the jaw movement occurs without any hitting orbouncing. Service life may be reduced.

Gripping force, O.D. gripping

��

���

���

���

���

��

� �� �� � � ��

��� ���� ��� ��� ��� ���

��� ����� ���

��

��

��

��� ����� ��� � � ������� ���� �� �������

Mx max. 0.1 Nm [0.074 lbf ft]Mz max. 0.1 Nm [0.074 lbf ft]Fz max. 3.0 N [0.7 lbf]

Description SGB 32ID 0305199

Opening angle per jaw ° 8.0Opening angle per jaw up to ° 2.0Closing moment Nm [lbf ft] 0.9 [0.664]Weight kg [oz] 0.036 [1.27]Recommended workpiece weight kg [oz] 0.2 [7.05]Air consumption per double stroke cm3 [in3] 0.5 [0.03]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure bar [psi] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure bar [psi] 7.0 [102]Closing time s 0.06Opening time s 0.04Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 32.0 [1.260]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [oz] 0.03 [1.06]IP class 20Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194]Repeat accuracy mm [in] 0.1 [0.0039]Min. pressure force N [lbf] 2.0 [0.4]Pressure stroke mm [in] 3.2 [0.126]

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

20_SGB_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:11 Uhr Seite 564

Page 8: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SGB 32Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

565w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Recommended for achieving distortion-free gripper mounting

�� Tightening torque�� Width of path

Main views

The drawing shows the gripper in the basic version with closed jaws, the dimensionsdo not include the options described below.

B,b Main/direct connection, gripper closing� Gripper connection� Finger connection�� Clamping reserve per finger�� Pressure piece�$ Hex countersink

J The SDV-P pressure maintenance valve can be used as a gripping force safetydevice (see “Accessories” catalog section).

Mounting

20_SGB_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:11 Uhr Seite 565

Page 9: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SGB 32Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

566 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J Please note the minimum permitted bending radii for the sensor cables, which aregenerally 35 mm.

J Two sensors, one NO and one NC contact, are required for each gripper, plus exten-sion cables as an option.

End position monitoring: Inductive proximity switches, for direct mountingDescription ID Recommended productIN 40/O-M12 0301584IN 40/O-M8 0301484 •IN 40/S-M12 0301574IN 40/S-M8 0301474 •INK 40/O 0301556INK 40/S 0301555

Sensor system

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

Extension cables for proximity switches/magnetic switchesDescription IDGK 3-M8 0301622KV 10-M12 0301596KV 10-M8 0301496KV 20-M12 0301597KV 20-M8 0301497KV 3-M12 0301595KV 3-M8 0301495W 3-M12 0301503W 5-M12 0301507WK 3-M8 0301594WK 5-M8 0301502

20_SGB_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:11 Uhr Seite 566

Page 10: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SGB 32Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

567w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

20_SGB_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:11 Uhr Seite 567

Page 11: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SGB 40Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

568 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Technical data

Finger load

J Moments and forces apply per base jaw and may occursimultaneously. If the max. permitted finger weight isexceeded, it is imperative to throttle the air pressure sothat the jaw movement occurs without any hitting orbouncing. Service life may be reduced.

Gripping force, O.D. gripping

���

��

��

���

���

��

� � �� �

��� ����� ��� ��� ����� ���

��� ����� ���

��

���

��

��

��� ������� ������� �� �

Mx max. 0.2 Nm [0.148 lbf ft]Mz max. 0.2 Nm [0.148 lbf ft]Fz max. 5.0 N [1.1 lbf]

Description SGB 40ID 0305200

Opening angle per jaw ° 8.0Opening angle per jaw up to ° 2.0Closing moment Nm [lbf ft] 2.37 [1.7]Weight kg [oz] 0.045 [1.59]Recommended workpiece weight kg [oz] 0.4 [14.11]Air consumption per double stroke cm3 [in3] 1.0 [0.06]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure bar [psi] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure bar [psi] 7.0 [102]Closing time s 0.08Opening time s 0.05Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 40.0 [1.575]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [oz] 0.045 [1.59]IP class 20Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194]Repeat accuracy mm [in] 0.1 [0.0039]Min. pressure force N [lbf] 4.0 [0.9]Pressure stroke mm [in] 4.0 [0.157]

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

20_SGB_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:11 Uhr Seite 568

Page 12: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SGB 40Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

569w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Recommended for achieving distortion-free gripper mounting

�� Tightening torque�� Width of path

Main views

The drawing shows the gripper in the basic version with closed jaws, the dimensionsdo not include the options described below.

B,b Main/direct connection, gripper closing� Gripper connection� Finger connection�� Clamping reserve per finger�� Pressure piece�$ Hex countersink

J The SDV-P pressure maintenance valve can be used as a gripping force safetydevice (see “Accessories” catalog section).

Mounting

20_SGB_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:47 Uhr Seite 569

Page 13: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SGB 40Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

570 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J Please note the minimum permitted bending radii for the sensor cables, which aregenerally 35 mm.

J Two sensors, one NO and one NC contact, are required for each gripper, plus exten-sion cables as an option.

End position monitoring: Inductive proximity switches, for direct mountingDescription ID Recommended productIN 40/O-M12 0301584IN 40/O-M8 0301484 •IN 40/S-M12 0301574IN 40/S-M8 0301474 •INK 40/O 0301556INK 40/S 0301555

Sensor system

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

Extension cables for proximity switches /magnetic switchesDescription IDGK 3-M8 0301622KV 10-M12 0301596KV 10-M8 0301496KV 20-M12 0301597KV 20-M8 0301497KV 3-M12 0301595KV 3-M8 0301495W 3-M12 0301503W 5-M12 0301507WK 3-M8 0301594WK 5-M8 0301502

20_SGB_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:11 Uhr Seite 570

Page 14: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SGB 40Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

571w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

20_SGB_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:11 Uhr Seite 571

Page 15: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SGB 50Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

572 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Technical data

Finger load

J Moments and forces apply per base jaw and may occursimultaneously. If the max. permitted finger weight isexceeded, it is imperative to throttle the air pressure sothat the jaw movement occurs without any hitting orbouncing. Service life may be reduced.

Gripping force, O.D. gripping

���

��

���

���

����

� �� �� �

��� ����� ��� ��� ���� ���

��� ������ ���

��

��

���

���

��� ������ ������� ������

Mx max. 0.4 Nm [0.295 lbf ft]Mz max. 0.3 Nm [0.221 lbf ft]Fz max. 8.0 N [1.8 lbf]

Description SGB 50ID 0305201

Opening angle per jaw ° 8.0Opening angle per jaw up to ° 2.0Closing moment Nm [lbf ft] 4.95 [3.7]Weight kg [oz] 0.06 [2.12]Recommended workpiece weight kg [oz] 0.8 [28.22]Air consumption per double stroke cm3 [in3] 1.8 [0.11]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure bar [psi] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure bar [psi] 7.0 [102]Closing time s 0.08Opening time s 0.05Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 50.0 [1.969]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [oz] 0.07 [2.47]IP class 20Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194]Repeat accuracy mm [in] 0.1 [0.0039]Min. pressure force N [lbf] 4.0 [0.9]Pressure stroke mm [in] 5.0 [0.197]

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

20_SGB_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:11 Uhr Seite 572

Page 16: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SGB 50Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

573w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Recommended for achieving distortion-free gripper mounting

�� Tightening torque�� Width of path

Main views

The drawing shows the gripper in the basic version with closed jaws, the dimensionsdo not include the options described below.

B,b Main/direct connection, gripper closing� Gripper connection� Finger connection�� Clamping reserve per finger�� Pressure piece�$ Hex countersink

J The SDV-P pressure maintenance valve can be used as a gripping force safetydevice (see “Accessories” catalog section).

Mounting

20_SGB_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:11 Uhr Seite 573

Page 17: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SGB 50Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

574 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J Please note the minimum permitted bending radii for the sensor cables, which aregenerally 35 mm.

J Two sensors, one NO and one NC contact, are required for each gripper, plus exten-sion cables as an option.

End position monitoring: Inductive proximity switches, for direct mountingDescription ID Recommended productIN 40/O-M12 0301584IN 40/O-M8 0301484 •IN 40/S-M12 0301574IN 40/S-M8 0301474 •INK 40/O 0301556INK 40/S 0301555

Sensor system

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

Extension cables for proximity switches /magnetic switchesDescription IDGK 3-M8 0301622KV 10-M12 0301596KV 10-M8 0301496KV 20-M12 0301597KV 20-M8 0301497KV 3-M12 0301595KV 3-M8 0301495W 3-M12 0301503W 5-M12 0301507WK 3-M8 0301594WK 5-M8 0301502

20_SGB_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:11 Uhr Seite 574

Page 18: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SGB 50Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

575w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

20_SGB_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:11 Uhr Seite 575

Page 19: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SWGPneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

576 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Sizes10 .. 50

Weight0.0025 kg .. 0.213 kg0.09 oz .. 7.51 oz

Gripping moment0.01 Nm .. 2.8 Nm0.09 lbf in .. 24.78 lbf in

Opening angle per finger15°

Workpiece weight0.007 kg .. 0.45 kg0.25 oz .. 15.87 oz

Application example

Triple transfer unit for packaging for smallboards

SWG 50 2-Finger Angular Gripper OPR 101 Collision and OverloadProtection

21_SWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:20 Uhr Seite 576

Page 20: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SWGPneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

577w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Slim designallowing the grippers to be stacked

Spring-assisted gripping force maintenanceholds the workpiece even in case of a loss of pressure

Kinematicsfor high power transmission and synchronized gripping

Light, compact designfor space-saving handling without interfering contours

Monitoring via electronic magnetic switchesa space-saving feature in a slot in the housing

Thin 2-finger angular gripper with double actuation

Angular Gripper for small components

Area of applicationFor universal use in clean and slightly dirty environments. Suitable for applications requiring stacked, space-saving gripperassemblies.

Your advantages and benefits

General information on the seriesWorking principleDouble compressed air actuated, guided kinematics

Housing materialAluminum alloy, hard-anodized

Base jaw materialAluminum alloy, hard-anodized

ActuationPneumatic, with filtered compressed air (10 μm): Dry, lubricated or non-lubricatedPressure medium: Required quality class of compressed air according to DIN ISO8573-1: Quality class 4

Warranty24 months

Scope of deliveryPivot screw connections, centering sleeves, assembly and operating manual withmanufacturer’s declaration

Gripping force safety devicealways integrated, also possible via SDV-P pressure maintenance valve

21_SWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:20 Uhr Seite 577

Page 21: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SWGPneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

578 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Housingweight-reduced through the use of a hard-anodized, high-strength aluminum alloy

Base jawsfor the connection of workpiece-specificgripper fingers

Kinematicsprecise gear for centric gripping

Monitoringelectronic magnetic switch, space-saving feature in the housing slot

Gripping force safety devicemechanical gripping force maintenance forO.D. gripping

The piston is moved up or down by means of compressed air. The kinematics use thelever system to convert the vertical motion into the synchronous, rotating movementof the base jaws.

Function descriptionThe SWG angular gripper can be stacked directly together to reduce interferingcontours.

Options and special information

Sectional diagram

21_SWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:20 Uhr Seite 578

Page 22: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

579w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Gripping momentis the arithmetic total of gripping moments for each base jaw.

Finger lengthis measured from the upper edge of the gripper housing in the direction of the mainaxis. If the max. permitted finger length is exceeded, as with heavy fingers, the speed of movement of the jaws must be restricted and/or the opening anglereduced. The service life of the gripper may be reduced.

Repeat accuracyis defined as the spread of the limit position after 100 consecutive strokes.

Workpiece weightThe recommended workpiece weight is calculated for a force-type connection with acoefficient of friction of 0.1 and a safety factor of 2 against slippage of the work-piece on acceleration due to gravity g. Considerably heavier workpiece weights arepermitted with form-fit gripping.

Closing and opening timesClosing and opening times are purely the times that the base jaws or fingers are inmotion. Valve switching times, hose filling times or PLC reaction times are notincluded in the above times and must be taken into consideration when determiningcycle times.

General information on the series

SCHUNK accessories – thesuitable complement for thehighest level of functionality,reliability and controlledproduction of all automationmodules.

Centering sleeves Fittings MMS magnetic switch

Quentes plastic inserts

HKI gripper pads V sensor distributors

SDV-P pressuremaintenance valves

Accessories

W/WK/KV/GK sensor cables

J For the exact size of the required accessories, availability of this size and the designation and ID, please refer to the additional views at the end of the size in question. Youcan find more detailed information on our accessory range in the “Accessories” catalog section.

SWG

21_SWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:21 Uhr Seite 579

Page 23: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SWG 10Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

580 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Technical data

Finger load

J Moments and forces apply per base jaw and may occursimultaneously. If the max. permitted finger weight isexceeded, it is imperative to throttle the air pressure sothat the jaw movement occurs without any hitting orbouncing. Service life may be reduced.

Gripping force, O.D. gripping

0

1

2

3

0

0,2

0,4

0,7

0 3 6 9 12 15

SWG 10/58 psi SWG 10/87 psi

[0.118] [0.236] [0.354] [0.472] [0.591][0]

Mx max. 0.04 Nm [0.35 lbf in]Mz max. 0.04 Nm [0.35 lbf in]Fz max. 6.0 N [1.3 lbf]

Description SWG 10ID 0305116

Opening angle per jaw ° 15.0Opening angle per jaw up to ° 2.0Closing moment Nm [lbf in] 0.005 [0.04]Closing moment ensured by spring Nm [lbf in] 0.002 [0.02]Weight kg [oz] 0.003 [0.11]Recommended workpiece weight kg [oz] 0.007 [0.25]Air consumption per double stroke cm3 [in3] 0.06 [0.004]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure bar [psi] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure bar [psi] 6.5 [94]Closing time s 0.012Opening time s 0.02Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 10.0 [0.394]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [oz] 0.0003 [0.01]IP class 30Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194]Repeat accuracy mm [in] 0.05 [0.0020]

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

21_SWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:21 Uhr Seite 580

Page 24: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SWG 10Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

581w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

End position monitoring: Optical Proximity SwitchJ One sensor is required per gripper (ONS 01), as well as an optic fiber (ONS 01-LWL).

The optical sensor is mounted to the gripper with the plastic clip included in the delivery.Description IDONS 01 0301390ONS 01-LWL 0301391

Main views

The drawing shows the gripper in the basic version with closed jaws, the dimensionsdo not include the options described below.

A,a Main/direct connection, gripper openingB,b Main/direct connection, gripper closing� Gripper connection� Finger connection�� Clamping reserve per finger�# Air connection

J The SDV-P pressure maintenance valve can also be used (see “Accessories”catalog section) for I.D. or O.D. gripping as an alternative or in addition to thespring-loaded, mechanical gripping force safety device.

Sensor system

21_SWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:21 Uhr Seite 581

Page 25: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SWG 12Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

582 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Technical data

Finger load

J Moments and forces apply per base jaw and may occursimultaneously. If the max. permitted finger weight isexceeded, it is imperative to throttle the air pressure sothat the jaw movement occurs without any hitting orbouncing. Service life may be reduced.

Gripping force, O.D. gripping

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

0

0.2

0.4

0.7

0.9

1.1

1.3

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18

SWG 12/58 psi SWG 12/87 psi

[0.079] [0.157][0.236][0.315][0.394][0.472][0.551][0.630][0.709][0]

Mx max. 0.06 Nm [0.53 lbf in]Mz max. 0.06 Nm [0.53 lbf in]Fz max. 7.0 N [1.6 lbf]

Description SWG 12ID 0305115

Opening angle per jaw ° 15.0Opening angle per jaw up to ° 2.0Closing moment Nm [lbf in] 0.015 [0.13]Closing moment ensured by spring Nm [lbf in] 0.006 [0.05]Weight kg [oz] 0.005 [0.18]Recommended workpiece weight kg [oz] 0.009 [0.32]Air consumption per double stroke cm3 [in3] 0.08 [0.005]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure bar [psi] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure bar [psi] 6.5 [94]Closing time s 0.012Opening time s 0.02Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 12.0 [0.472]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [oz] 0.0006 [0.02]IP class 30Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194]Repeat accuracy mm [in] 0.05 [0.0020]

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

21_SWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:21 Uhr Seite 582

Page 26: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SWG 12Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

583w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

End position monitoring: Optical Proximity SwitchJ One sensor is required per gripper (ONS 01), as well as an optic fiber (ONS 01-LWL).

The optical sensor is mounted to the gripper with the plastic clip included in the delivery.Description IDONS 01 0301390ONS 01-LWL 0301391

Main views

The drawing shows the gripper in the basic version with closed jaws, the dimensionsdo not include the options described below.

A,a Main/direct connection, gripper openingB,b Main/direct connection, gripper closing� Gripper connection� Finger connection�� Clamping reserve per finger�# Air connection

J The SDV-P pressure maintenance valve can also be used (see “Accessories”catalog section) for I.D. or O.D. gripping as an alternative or in addition to thespring-loaded, mechanical gripping force safety device.

Sensor system

21_SWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:21 Uhr Seite 583

Page 27: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SWG 16Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

584 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Technical data

Finger load

J Moments and forces apply per base jaw and may occursimultaneously. If the max. permitted finger weight isexceeded, it is imperative to throttle the air pressure sothat the jaw movement occurs without any hitting orbouncing. Service life may be reduced.

Gripping force, O.D. gripping

��

��

��

� � �� �� �� ��

��� ����� ��� ��� ���� ���

����� � ����� ������� ��������� � ����

Mx max. 0.11 Nm [0.97 lbf in]Mz max. 0.11 Nm [0.97 lbf in]Fz max. 10.0 N [2.2 lbf]

Description SWG 16ID 0305104

Opening angle per jaw ° 15.0Opening angle per jaw up to ° 2.0Closing moment Nm [lbf in] 0.058 [0.51]Closing moment ensured by spring Nm [lbf in] 0.017 [0.15]Weight kg [oz] 0.011 [0.39]Recommended workpiece weight kg [oz] 0.028 [0.99]Air consumption per double stroke cm3 [in3] 0.12 [0.01]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure bar [psi] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure bar [psi] 6.5 [94]Closing time s 0.015Opening time s 0.02Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 15.0 [0.591]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [oz] 0.012 [0.42]IP class 30Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194]Repeat accuracy mm [in] 0.05 [0.0020]

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

21_SWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:21 Uhr Seite 584

Page 28: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SWG 16Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

585w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

If each SWG in a stacked arrangement is to be monitored by its own sensor, please bearin mind that a minimum distance of X = 2 mm must be left between the sensors.Otherwise, the magnets in the gripper piston will disturb the sensors of the neighboringgrippers.

Suggestion for mounting the optical sensor on the gripper. Please note that thegripper must be mounted with non-magnetizable screws in order to ensure the correctfunctioning of the switches.

Main views

The drawing shows the gripper in the basic version with closed jaws, the dimensionsdo not include the options described below.

A,a Main/direct connection, gripper openingB,b Main/direct connection, gripper closing� Gripper connection� Finger connection�� Clamping reserve per finger

Stacked arrangement

J The SDV-P pressure maintenance valve can also be used (see “Accessories”catalog section) for I.D. or O.D. gripping as an alternative or in addition to thespring-loaded, mechanical gripping force safety device.

Sensor assembly

21_SWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:21 Uhr Seite 585

Page 29: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SWG 16Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

586 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J Please note the minimum permitted bending radii for the sensor cables, which aregenerally 35 mm.

Extension cables for proximity switches /magnetic switchesDescription IDGK 3-M5-PNP/ NPN 0301652GK 3-M8 0301622KV 10-M8 0301496KV 20-M8 0301497W 3-M5-PNP/ NPN 0301650WK 3-M8 0301594WK 3-M8 NPN 0301602WK 5-M8 0301502WK 5-M8 NPN 9641116

End position monitoring:Electronic magnetic switches, for mounting in C-slotDescription ID Recommended productMMS 22-S-M5-NPN 0301455MMS 22-S-M5-NPN-SA 0301461MMS 22-S-M5-PNP 0301454MMS 22-S-M5-PNP-SA 0301460MMS 22-S-M8-NPN 0301451MMS 22-S-M8-NPN-SA 0301457MMS 22-S-M8-PNP 0301450 •MMS 22-S-M8-PNP-SA 0301456MMSK 22-S-NPN 0301453MMSK 22-S-NPN-SA 0301459MMSK 22-S-PNP 0301452MMSK 22-S-PNP-SA 0301458

Sensor system

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

J 1 sensor (NO contact) is required for each gripper.

21_SWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:21 Uhr Seite 586

Page 30: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SWG 16Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

587w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

21_SWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:22 Uhr Seite 587

Page 31: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SWG 20Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

588 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Technical data

Finger load

J Moments and forces apply per base jaw and may occursimultaneously. If the max. permitted finger weight isexceeded, it is imperative to throttle the air pressure sothat the jaw movement occurs without any hitting orbouncing. Service life may be reduced.

Gripping force, O.D. gripping

0

10

20

30

0

2

4

7

0 10 20 30

SWG 20/58 psi SWG 20/87 psi

[0.394] [0.787] [1.181][0]

Mx max. 0.16 Nm [1.42 lbf in]Mz max. 0.16 Nm [1.42 lbf in]Fz max. 14.0 N [3.1 lbf]

Description SWG 20ID 0305105

Opening angle per jaw ° 15.0Opening angle per jaw up to ° 2.0Closing moment Nm [lbf in] 0.11 [0.97]Closing moment ensured by spring Nm [lbf in] 0.033 [0.29]Weight kg [oz] 0.019 [0.67]Recommended workpiece weight kg [oz] 0.044 [1.55]Air consumption per double stroke cm3 [in3] 0.25 [0.02]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure bar [psi] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure bar [psi] 6.5 [94]Closing time s 0.015Opening time s 0.02Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 18.0 [0.709]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [oz] 0.02 [0.71]IP class 30Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194]Repeat accuracy mm [in] 0.05 [0.0020]

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

21_SWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:22 Uhr Seite 588

Page 32: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SWG 20Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

589w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

If each SWG in a stacked arrangement is to be monitored by its own sensor, please bearin mind that a minimum distance of X = 2 mm must be left between the sensors.Otherwise, the magnets in the gripper piston will disturb the sensors of the neighboringgrippers.

Suggestion for mounting the optical sensor on the gripper. Please note that thegripper must be mounted with non-magnetizable screws in order to ensure the correctfunctioning of the switches.

Main views

The drawing shows the gripper in the basic version with closed jaws, the dimensionsdo not include the options described below.

A,a Main/direct connection, gripper openingB,b Main/direct connection, gripper closing� Gripper connection� Finger connection�� Clamping reserve per finger

Stacked arrangement

J The SDV-P pressure maintenance valve can also be used (see “Accessories”catalog section) for I.D. or O.D. gripping as an alternative or in addition to thespring-loaded, mechanical gripping force safety device.

Sensor assembly

21_SWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:22 Uhr Seite 589

Page 33: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SWG 20Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

590 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J Please note the minimum permitted bending radii for the sensor cables, which aregenerally 35 mm.

Extension cables for proximity switches /magnetic switchesDescription IDGK 3-M5-PNP/ NPN 0301652GK 3-M8 0301622KV 10-M8 0301496KV 20-M8 0301497W 3-M5-PNP/ NPN 0301650WK 3-M8 0301594WK 3-M8 NPN 0301602WK 5-M8 0301502WK 5-M8 NPN 9641116

End position monitoring:Electronic magnetic switches, for mounting in C-slotDescription ID Recommended productMMS 22-S-M5-NPN 0301455MMS 22-S-M5-NPN-SA 0301461MMS 22-S-M5-PNP 0301454MMS 22-S-M5-PNP-SA 0301460MMS 22-S-M8-NPN 0301451MMS 22-S-M8-NPN-SA 0301457MMS 22-S-M8-PNP 0301450 •MMS 22-S-M8-PNP-SA 0301456MMSK 22-S-NPN 0301453MMSK 22-S-NPN-SA 0301459MMSK 22-S-PNP 0301452MMSK 22-S-PNP-SA 0301458

Sensor system

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

J Two sensors (NO contacts) are required for each gripper, plus extension cables as anoption.

21_SWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:22 Uhr Seite 590

Page 34: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SWG 20Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

591w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

21_SWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:22 Uhr Seite 591

Page 35: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SWG 25Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

592 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Technical data

Finger load

J Moments and forces apply per base jaw and may occursimultaneously. If the max. permitted finger weight isexceeded, it is imperative to throttle the air pressure sothat the jaw movement occurs without any hitting orbouncing. Service life may be reduced.

Gripping force, O.D. gripping

��

��

��

��

� �� � � ��

��� ���� ��� ��� ��� ���

������ ��� � � ������� ���� �����

Mx max. 0.21 Nm [1.86 lbf in]Mz max. 0.21 Nm [1.86 lbf in]Fz max. 18.0 N [4.0 lbf]

Description SWG 25ID 0305106

Opening angle per jaw ° 15.0Opening angle per jaw up to ° 2.0Closing moment Nm [lbf in] 0.28 [2.48]Closing moment ensured by spring Nm [lbf in] 0.08 [0.71]Weight kg [oz] 0.035 [1.23]Recommended workpiece weight kg [oz] 0.09 [3.17]Air consumption per double stroke cm3 [in3] 0.4 [0.02]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure bar [psi] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure bar [psi] 6.5 [94]Closing time s 0.015Opening time s 0.02Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 22.0 [0.866]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [oz] 0.028 [0.99]IP class 30Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194]Repeat accuracy mm [in] 0.05 [0.0020]

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

21_SWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:22 Uhr Seite 592

Page 36: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SWG 25Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

593w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

If each SWG in a stacked arrangement is to be monitored by its own sensor, please bearin mind that a minimum distance of X = 2 mm must be left between the sensors.Otherwise, the magnets in the gripper piston will disturb the sensors of the neighboringgrippers.

Suggestion for mounting the optical sensor on the gripper. Please note that thegripper must be mounted with non-magnetizable screws in order to ensure the correctfunctioning of the switches.

Main views

The drawing shows the gripper in the basic version with closed jaws, the dimensionsdo not include the options described below.

A,a Main/direct connection, gripper openingB,b Main/direct connection, gripper closing� Gripper connection� Finger connection�� Clamping reserve per finger

Stacked arrangement

J The SDV-P pressure maintenance valve can also be used (see “Accessories”catalog section) for I.D. or O.D. gripping as an alternative or in addition to thespring-loaded, mechanical gripping force safety device.

Sensor assembly

21_SWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:22 Uhr Seite 593

Page 37: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SWG 25Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

594 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J Please note the minimum permitted bending radii for the sensor cables, which aregenerally 35 mm.

Extension cables for proximity switches /magnetic switchesDescription IDGK 3-M5-PNP/ NPN 0301652GK 3-M8 0301622KV 10-M8 0301496KV 20-M8 0301497W 3-M5-PNP/ NPN 0301650WK 3-M8 0301594WK 3-M8 NPN 0301602WK 5-M8 0301502WK 5-M8 NPN 9641116

End position monitoring:Electronic magnetic switches, for mounting in C-slotDescription ID Recommended productMMS 22-S-M5-NPN 0301455MMS 22-S-M5-NPN-SA 0301461MMS 22-S-M5-PNP 0301454MMS 22-S-M5-PNP-SA 0301460MMS 22-S-M8-NPN 0301451MMS 22-S-M8-NPN-SA 0301457MMS 22-S-M8-PNP 0301450 •MMS 22-S-M8-PNP-SA 0301456MMSK 22-S-NPN 0301453MMSK 22-S-NPN-SA 0301459MMSK 22-S-PNP 0301452MMSK 22-S-PNP-SA 0301458

Sensor system

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

J Two sensors (NO contacts) are required for each gripper, plus extension cables as anoption.

21_SWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:22 Uhr Seite 594

Page 38: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SWG 25Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

595w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

21_SWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:22 Uhr Seite 595

Page 39: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SWG 32Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

596 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Technical data

Finger load

J Moments and forces apply per base jaw and may occursimultaneously. If the max. permitted finger weight isexceeded, it is imperative to throttle the air pressure sothat the jaw movement occurs without any hitting orbouncing. Service life may be reduced.

Gripping force, O.D. gripping

��

��

��

���

��

��

� �� �� � � ��

��� ���� ��� ��� ��� ���

����� ��� � � ������� ���� �� ����������

Mx max. 0.28 Nm [2.48 lbf in]Mz max. 0.28 Nm [2.48 lbf in]Fz max. 24.0 N [5.4 lbf]

Description SWG 32ID 0305107

Opening angle per jaw ° 15.0Opening angle per jaw up to ° 2.0Closing moment Nm [lbf in] 0.62 [5.49]Closing moment ensured by spring Nm [lbf in] 0.18 [1.59]Weight kg [oz] 0.069 [2.43]Recommended workpiece weight kg [oz] 0.165 [5.82]Air consumption per double stroke cm3 [in3] 0.85 [0.05]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure bar [psi] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure bar [psi] 6.5 [94]Closing time s 0.02Opening time s 0.025Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 28.0 [1.102]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [oz] 0.036 [1.27]IP class 30Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194]Repeat accuracy mm [in] 0.05 [0.0020]

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

21_SWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:22 Uhr Seite 596

Page 40: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SWG 32Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

597w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

If each SWG in a stacked arrangement is to be monitored by its own sensor, please bearin mind that a minimum distance of X = 2 mm must be left between the sensors.Otherwise, the magnets in the gripper piston will disturb the sensors of the neighboringgrippers.

Suggestion for mounting the optical sensor on the gripper. Please note that thegripper must be mounted with non-magnetizable screws in order to ensure the correctfunctioning of the switches.

Main views

The drawing shows the gripper in the basic version with closed jaws, the dimensionsdo not include the options described below.

A,a Main/direct connection, gripper openingB,b Main/direct connection, gripper closing� Gripper connection� Finger connection�� Clamping reserve per finger

Stacked arrangement

J The SDV-P pressure maintenance valve can also be used (see “Accessories”catalog section) for I.D. or O.D. gripping as an alternative or in addition to thespring-loaded, mechanical gripping force safety device.

Sensor assembly

21_SWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:23 Uhr Seite 597

Page 41: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SWG 32Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

598 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J Please note the minimum permitted bending radii for the sensor cables, which aregenerally 35 mm.

Extension cables for proximity switches /magnetic switchesDescription IDGK 3-M5-PNP/ NPN 0301652GK 3-M8 0301622KV 10-M8 0301496KV 20-M8 0301497W 3-M5-PNP/ NPN 0301650WK 3-M8 0301594WK 3-M8 NPN 0301602WK 5-M8 0301502WK 5-M8 NPN 9641116

End position monitoring:Electronic magnetic switches, for mounting in C-slotDescription ID Recommended productMMS 22-S-M5-NPN 0301455MMS 22-S-M5-NPN-SA 0301461MMS 22-S-M5-PNP 0301454MMS 22-S-M5-PNP-SA 0301460MMS 22-S-M8-NPN 0301451MMS 22-S-M8-NPN-SA 0301457MMS 22-S-M8-PNP 0301450 •MMS 22-S-M8-PNP-SA 0301456MMSK 22-S-NPN 0301453MMSK 22-S-NPN-SA 0301459MMSK 22-S-PNP 0301452MMSK 22-S-PNP-SA 0301458

Sensor system

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

J Two sensors (NO contacts) are required for each gripper, plus extension cables as anoption.

21_SWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:23 Uhr Seite 598

Page 42: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SWG 32Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

599w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

21_SWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:23 Uhr Seite 599

Page 43: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SWG 40Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

600 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Technical data

Finger load

J Moments and forces apply per base jaw and may occursimultaneously. If the max. permitted finger weight isexceeded, it is imperative to throttle the air pressure sothat the jaw movement occurs without any hitting orbouncing. Service life may be reduced.

Gripping force, O.D. gripping

��

��

���

���

��

� �� �� � � �� ��

��� ���� ��� ��� ��� ���

����� ��� � � ������� ���� �� ������� ���������

Mx max. 0.35 Nm [3.10 lbf in]Mz max. 0.35 Nm [3.10 lbf in]Fz max. 30.0 N [6.7 lbf]

Description SWG 40ID 0305108

Opening angle per jaw ° 15.0Opening angle per jaw up to ° 2.0Closing moment Nm [lbf in] 1.2 [10.62]Closing moment ensured by spring Nm [lbf in] 0.36 [3.19]Weight kg [oz] 0.106 [3.74]Recommended workpiece weight kg [oz] 0.3 [10.58]Air consumption per double stroke cm3 [in3] 1.6 [0.10]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure bar [psi] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure bar [psi] 6.5 [94]Closing time s 0.025Opening time s 0.03Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 35.0 [1.378]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [oz] 0.05 [1.76]IP class 30Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194]Repeat accuracy mm [in] 0.05 [0.0020]

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

21_SWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:23 Uhr Seite 600

Page 44: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SWG 40Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

601w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

If each SWG in a stacked arrangement is to be monitored by its own sensor, please bearin mind that a minimum distance of X = 2 mm must be left between the sensors.Otherwise, the magnets in the gripper piston will disturb the sensors of the neighboringgrippers.

Suggestion for mounting the optical sensor on the gripper. Please note that thegripper must be mounted with non-magnetizable screws in order to ensure the correctfunctioning of the switches.

Main views

The drawing shows the gripper in the basic version with closed jaws, the dimensionsdo not include the options described below.

A,a Main/direct connection, gripper openingB,b Main/direct connection, gripper closing� Gripper connection� Finger connection�� Clamping reserve per finger

Stacked arrangement

J The SDV-P pressure maintenance valve can also be used (see “Accessories”catalog section) for I.D. or O.D. gripping as an alternative or in addition to thespring-loaded, mechanical gripping force safety device.

Sensor assembly

21_SWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:23 Uhr Seite 601

Page 45: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SWG 40Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

602 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J Please note the minimum permitted bending radii for the sensor cables, which aregenerally 35 mm.

Extension cables for proximity switches/magnetic switchesGK 3-M5-PNP/ NPN 0301652GK 3-M8 0301622KV 10-M8 0301496KV 20-M8 0301497W 3-M5-PNP/ NPN 0301650WK 3-M8 0301594WK 3-M8 NPN 0301602WK 5-M8 0301502WK 5-M8 NPN 9641116

End position monitoring:Electronic magnetic switches, for mounting in C-slotDescription ID Recommended productMMS 22-S-M5-NPN 0301455MMS 22-S-M5-NPN-SA 0301461MMS 22-S-M5-PNP 0301454MMS 22-S-M5-PNP-SA 0301460MMS 22-S-M8-NPN 0301451MMS 22-S-M8-NPN-SA 0301457MMS 22-S-M8-PNP 0301450 •MMS 22-S-M8-PNP-SA 0301456MMSK 22-S-NPN 0301453MMSK 22-S-NPN-SA 0301459MMSK 22-S-PNP 0301452MMSK 22-S-PNP-SA 0301458

Sensor system

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

J Two sensors (NO contacts) are required for each gripper, plus extension cables as anoption.

21_SWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:23 Uhr Seite 602

Page 46: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SWG 40Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

603w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

21_SWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:23 Uhr Seite 603

Page 47: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SWG 50Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

604 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Technical data

Finger load

J Moments and forces apply per base jaw and may occursimultaneously. If the max. permitted finger weight isexceeded, it is imperative to throttle the air pressure sothat the jaw movement occurs without any hitting orbouncing. Service life may be reduced.

Gripping force, O.D. gripping

��

���

���

���

���

��

��

��

��

� �� � �� ��

��� ����� ��� ��� ���� ���

��� � � ���� �� ������ ���������

Mx max. 0.45 Nm [3.98 lbf in]Mz max. 0.45 Nm [3.98 lbf in]Fz max. 40.0 N [9.0 lbf]

Description SWG 50ID 0305109

Opening angle per jaw ° 15.0Opening angle per jaw up to ° 2.0Closing moment Nm [lbf in] 2.8 [24.78]Closing moment ensured by spring Nm [lbf in] 0.6 [5.31]Weight kg [oz] 0.213 [7.51]Recommended workpiece weight kg [oz] 0.45 [15.87]Air consumption per double stroke cm3 [in3] 3.8 [0.23]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure bar [psi] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure bar [psi] 6.5 [94]Closing time s 0.03Opening time s 0.06Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 42.0 [1.654]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [oz] 0.08 [2.82]IP class 30Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194]Repeat accuracy mm [in] 0.05 [0.0020]

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

21_SWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:23 Uhr Seite 604

Page 48: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SWG 50Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

605w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

If each SWG in a stacked arrangement is to be monitored by its own sensor, please bearin mind that a minimum distance of X = 2 mm must be left between the sensors.Otherwise, the magnets in the gripper piston will disturb the sensors of the neighboringgrippers.

Suggestion for mounting the optical sensor on the gripper. Please note that thegripper must be mounted with non-magnetizable screws in order to ensure the correctfunctioning of the switches.

Main views

The drawing shows the gripper in the basic version with closed jaws, the dimensionsdo not include the options described below.

A,a Main/direct connection, gripper openingB,b Main/direct connection, gripper closing� Gripper connection� Finger connection�� Clamping reserve per finger

Stacked arrangement

J The SDV-P pressure maintenance valve can also be used (see “Accessories”catalog section) for I.D. or O.D. gripping as an alternative or in addition to thespring-loaded, mechanical gripping force safety device.

Sensor assembly

21_SWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:23 Uhr Seite 605

Page 49: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SWG 50Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

606 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J Please note the minimum permitted bending radii for the sensor cables, which aregenerally 35 mm.

Extension cables for proximity switches /magnetic switchesDescription IDGK 3-M5-PNP/ NPN 0301652GK 3-M8 0301622KV 10-M8 0301496KV 20-M8 0301497W 3-M5-PNP/ NPN 0301650WK 3-M8 0301594WK 3-M8 NPN 0301602WK 5-M8 0301502WK 5-M8 NPN 9641116

End position monitoring:Electronic magnetic switches, for mounting in C-slotDescription ID Recommended productMMS 22-S-M5-NPN 0301455MMS 22-S-M5-NPN-SA 0301461MMS 22-S-M5-PNP 0301454MMS 22-S-M5-PNP-SA 0301460MMS 22-S-M8-NPN 0301451MMS 22-S-M8-NPN-SA 0301457MMS 22-S-M8-PNP 0301450 •MMS 22-S-M8-PNP-SA 0301456MMSK 22-S-NPN 0301453MMSK 22-S-NPN-SA 0301459MMSK 22-S-PNP 0301452MMSK 22-S-PNP-SA 0301458

Sensor system

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

J Two sensors (NO contacts) are required for each gripper, plus extension cables as anoption.

21_SWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:23 Uhr Seite 606

Page 50: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

SWG 50Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

607w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

21_SWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:23 Uhr Seite 607

Page 51: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

RHLPneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

608 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

SizesRHL 0

Weight0.0085 kg0.30 oz

Gripping moment0.014 Nm0.010 lbf ft

Opening angle per finger10°

Workpiece weight0.018 kg0.63 oz

Application example

Transfer unit for small components in theproduction of circuit boards

RHL 0 2-Finger Angular Gripper

MRU 8.2-E-0 Miniature Rotary Unit

22_RHL_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 12:57 Uhr Seite 608

Page 52: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

RHLPneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

609w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Low-price gripper seriesfor simple applications with low loads in clean environments

Maintenance-freewith low weight

Excellent price-performance ratiomaking it an attractive option for low-budget applications

The RHL 0 series is a low-price 2-finger angular gripper, which is particularly suitable for simple applications.

Angular Gripper for small components

Area of applicationFor use in clean environmental conditions (e.g. assembly orpackaging zones) with low process forces.

Your advantages and benefits

Information about the seriesWorking principleDouble-acting pneumatic drive

Housing materialAluminum/steel

Base jaw materialAluminum/steel

ActuationPneumatic, with filtered compressed air (10 μm): Dry, lubricated or non-lubricatedPressure medium: Required quality class of compressed air according to DIN ISO8573-1: Quality class 4

Warranty24 months

Scope of deliveryIncludes small parts for mounting, assembly and operating manual with manufacturer’s declaration

22_RHL_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 12:57 Uhr Seite 609

Page 53: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

RHLPneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

610 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

The angular gripper for small components works pneumatically, the kinematicsproduce a rotating gripper movement.

Function descriptionIn order to keep the manufacturing costs and thus the sale prices low, the RH seriesoffers a simple design. It is designed for low-cost production. Therefore, repairs aregenerally not economically feasible.

Options and special information

22_RHL_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 12:57 Uhr Seite 610

Page 54: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

RHLPneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

611w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Gripping forceis the arithmetic total of the gripping force applied to each base jaw at distance P(see illustration), measured from the upper edge of the gripper.

Gripping momentThe gripping moment is the arithmetic total of gripping moments for each base jaw.

Finger lengthThe finger length is measured from the upper edge of the gripper housing in thedirection of the main axis.

Repeat accuracyis defined as the spread of the limit position after 100 consecutive strokes.

Workpiece weightThe recommended workpiece weight is calculated for a force-type connection with acoefficient of friction of 0.1 and a safety factor of 2 against slippage of the work-piece on acceleration due to gravity g. Considerably heavier workpiece weights arepermitted with form-fit gripping.

Closing and opening timesClosing and opening times are purely the times that the base jaws or fingers are inmotion. Valve switching times, hose filling times or PLC reaction times are notincluded in the above times and must be taken into consideration when determiningcycle times.

General information on the series

SCHUNK accessories – thesuitable complement for thehighest level of functionality,reliability and controlled pro-duction of all automationmodules.

Fittings

HKI gripper pads

SDV-P pressuremaintenance valves

Accessories

J For the exact size of the required accessories, availability of this size and the designation and ID, please refer to the additional views at the end of the size in question. Youcan find more detailed information on our accessory range in the “Accessories” catalog section.

22_RHL_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 12:57 Uhr Seite 611

Page 55: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

RHL 0Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

612 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Technical data

Finger load

J Moments and forces apply per base jaw and may occursimultaneously. If the max. permitted finger weight isexceeded, it is imperative to throttle the air pressure sothat the jaw movement occurs without any hitting orbouncing. Service life may be reduced.

Gripping force, O.D. gripping

� � �� �� �� ��

��� ���� ��� ��� ��� ���

��

���

��

���

��� ����� � ����� ������� ��� � � ������

Mx max. 0.1 Nm [0.074 lbf ft]Mz max. 0.1 Nm [0.074 lbf ft]Fz max. 50.0 N [11.2 lbf]

Description RHL 0ID 0360170

Opening angle per jaw ° 10.0Opening angle per jaw up to ° 3.5Closing moment Nm [lbf ft] 0.014 [0.010]Weight kg [oz] 0.0085 [0.30]Recommended workpiece weight kg [oz] 0.018 [0.63]Air consumption per double stroke cm3 [in3] 0.06 [0.004]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure bar [psi] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure bar [psi] 6.5 [94]Closing time s 0.1Opening time s 0.1Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 16.0 [0.630]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [oz] 0.01 [0.35]IP class 30Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] 5.0 [41]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 60.0 [140]Repeat accuracy mm [in] 0.03 [0.0012]

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

22_RHL_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 12:57 Uhr Seite 612

Page 56: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

RHL 0Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components

613w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Main views

The drawing shows the gripper in the basic version with closed jaws, the dimensionsdo not include the options described below.

A,a Main/direct connection, gripper opening� Gripper connection� Finger connection�� Clamping reserve per finger

J The SDV-P pressure maintenance valve can be used as a gripping force safetydevice (see “Accessories” catalog section).

22_RHL_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 12:57 Uhr Seite 613

Page 57: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PWG-SPneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Universal Angular Grippers

614 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Sizes40 .. 80

Weight0.21 kg .. 1.2 kg0.46 lbs .. 2.65 lbs

Gripping moment6 Nm .. 51 Nm4.4 lbf ft .. 38 lbf ft

Opening angle per finger20°

Force-fit gripping0.9 kg .. 4.8 kg1.98 lbs .. 10.58 lbs

Application example

Rotating/gripping combination for flexiblehandling of sheet metal components.

2-Finger Angular Gripper PWG-S 80

Rotary Actuator OSE-A 22-4

23_PWG-S_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:57 Uhr Seite 614

Page 58: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PWG-SPneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Universal Angular Grippers

615w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Spring-mounted maintenance of gripping force forO.D. grippingHolds the workpiece on loss of pressure, always integrated

Proximity switch mounted directly without additionalbracketsEliminating unnecessary interfering contours

Minimum gripper dimensions with maximum grippingforceTherefore ensuring a high power to size ratio

Robust gripper designEnabling a wide range of applications

KinematicsFor high power transmission and synchronized gripping

Robust 2-finger angular gripper with spring-mounted gripping forcesafety device

Universal Angular Gripper

Area of applicationFor universal use in clean and slightly dirty environments

Your advantages and benefits

Information about the seriesWorking principleToggle drive system

Housing materialAluminum alloy, hard-anodized

Base jaws materialSteel

ActuationPneumatic, via filtered compressed air (10 μm): Dry, lubricated or non-lubricatedPressure medium: Requirement on the quality class of compressed air according toDIN ISO 8573-1: Quality class 4

Warranty24 months

Scope of deliveryO-rings for direct connection, centering sleeves and dowel pins, assembly andoperating manual with manufacturer’s declaration

Gripping force safety deviceAlways equipped with mechanical gripping force safety device for O.D. gripping

23_PWG-S_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:58 Uhr Seite 615

Page 59: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PWG-SPneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Universal Angular Grippers

616 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Gripper jawsfor the adaptation of workpiece-specificgripper fingers

Housingweight-reduced thanks to the use of a hard-anodized, high-strength aluminum alloy

Drivepneumatic piston for actuation

Kinematicslever mechanism for synchronized gripping

The piston is pressed up or down by compressed air. Using the guided lever system,the kinematics transfers the base jaws’ vertical motion into a synchronized, angledmotion.

Functional descriptionThe opening angle can be reduced on request.

Options and special information

Sectional diagram

23_PWG-S_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:58 Uhr Seite 616

Page 60: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PWG-SPneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Universal Angular Grippers

617w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Gripping momentThe gripping moment describes the arithmetic total of the gripping moments for eachjaw.

Finger lengthIs measured from the upper edge of the gripper housing in the direction of the mainaxis. If the maximum permitted finger length is exceeded, the speed of the jawmovement must also be throttled, as is the case for heavy fingers, and/or theopening angle must be reduced. The gripper’s life may be shortened.

Repeat accuracyIs defined as the variance of the end position after 100 consecutive strokes.

Workpiece weightThe recommended workpiece weight is calculated for force-fit gripping with a frictioncoefficient of 0.1 and a safety of 2 against slippage of the workpiece on accelerationdue to gravity g. Considerably heavier workpiece weights are permitted with form-fitclamping.

Closing and opening timesClosing and opening times are the pure movement times of the base jaws or fingers.Valve switching times, hose filling times or PLC reaction times are not included andmust be taken into consideration when determining cycle times.

General information on the series

SCHUNK accessories – thesuitable complement for thehighest level of functionality,reliability and controlledproduction of all automationmodules.

Guide sleeves FittingsInductive proximityswitches IN

Plastic inserts – Quentes

Gripper pads HKI Sensor distributor V

Pressure maintenancevalves SDV-P

Accessories

Sensor cablesW/WK/KV/GK

J Please refer to the additional views at the end of each size for the specific size of the equired accessory, availability for the gripper size, the description and the ID No.You can find more detailed information on our range of accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

23_PWG-S_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:58 Uhr Seite 617

Page 61: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PWG-S 40Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Universal Angular Grippers

618 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Technical data

Finger load

J Moments and forces apply per base jaw and mayoccur simultaneously. If the maximum permitted fingerweight is exceeded, it is imperative to throttle the airpressure so that the jaw movement occurs without anyhitting or bouncing. The tool life may be reduced.

Gripping force, O.D. gripping

��

���

���

���

���

��

� � �� ��

����� ��� � ��� ����� ����� ���

����� ���� ���

��

��

��

��� ������� �� � � �����

Mx max. 5.0 Nm [3.7 lbf ft]Mz max. 0.5 Nm [0.369 lbf ft]Fz max. 70.0 N [15.7 lbf]

Designation PWG-S 40ID 0302611

Opening angle per jaw ° 20.0Fully closed included per jaw up to ° 2.0Closing moment Nm [lbf ft] 5.98 [4.4]Closing moment secured by springs Nm [lbf ft] 0.9 [0.664]Weight kg [lbs] 0.21 [0.46]Recommended workpiece weight kg [lbs] 0.9 [1.98]Air consumption per double stroke cm3 [in3] 7.5 [0.46]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure bar [psi] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure bar [psi] 8.0 [116]Closing time s 0.01Opening time s 0.01Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 40.0 [1.575]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [lbs] 0.15 [0.33]IP rating 20Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194]Repeat accuracy mm [in] 0.05 [0.0020]

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

23_PWG-S_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:58 Uhr Seite 618

Page 62: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PWG-S 40Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Universal Angular Grippers

619w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

The direct connection supplies pressure to the gripper without a failure-prone hosesystem. Instead, the pressure medium is guided through holes in the mounting plate.

� Adapter Gripper

Main views

The illustration shows the gripper in the basic version with closed jaws, withouttaking into account the measurements of the optional extras described below.

A,a Main connection, direct connection – Open gripperB,b Main connection, direct connection – Close gripper� Gripper connection� Finger connection�� Clamping reserve per fingerJ As an alternative to or in addition to the spring-mounted, mechanical gripping

force safety device, the pressure maintenance valve SDV-P can also be used forI.D. or O.D. gripping (see the “Accessories” catalog section).

Hose-free direct connection

23_PWG-S_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:59 Uhr Seite 619

Page 63: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PWG-S 40Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Universal Angular Grippers

620 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J For the sensor cables, observe the minimum permitted bending radii. Generally, theseare 35 mm.

J Two sensors (NO contacts/S) are required per gripper as well as an optionalextension cable.

Extension cables for proximity switches/magnetic switchesDesignation IDGK 3-M8 0301622KV 10-M12 0301596KV 10-M8 0301496KV 20-M12 0301597KV 20-M8 0301497KV 3-M12 0301595KV 3-M8 0301495W 3-M12 0301503W 5-M12 0301507WK 3-M8 0301594WK 5-M8 0301502

End position monitoring:Inductive proximity switches, for direct mountingDesignation ID Recommended productIN 40/S-M12 0301574IN 40/S-M8 0301474 •INK 40/S 0301555

Sensor systems

You can find detailed information and components of the specified accessory in the “Accessories” catalog section.

23_PWG-S_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:59 Uhr Seite 620

Page 64: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PWG-S 40Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Universal Angular Grippers

621w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

23_PWG-S_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:59 Uhr Seite 621

Page 65: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PWG-S 60Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Universal Angular Grippers

622 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Technical data

Finger load

J Moments and forces apply per base jaw and mayoccur simultaneously. If the maximum permitted fingerweight is exceeded, it is imperative to throttle the airpressure so that the jaw movement occurs without anyhitting or bouncing. The tool life may be reduced.

Gripping force, O.D. gripping

���

���

���

� ��

���

���

� � � ��

����� ���� ��� ����� ���� ���

����� ���� ���

��

���

��

���

���

��� ������� �� � �����

Mx max. 11.0 Nm [8.1 lbf ft]Mz max. 0.8 Nm [0.590 lbf ft]Fz max. 180.0 N [40 lbf]

Designation PWG-S 60ID 0302612

Opening angle per jaw ° 20.0Fully closed included per jaw up to ° 2.0Closing moment Nm [lbf ft] 18.36 [13.5]Closing moment secured by springs Nm [lbf ft] 2.4 [1.8]Weight kg [lbs] 0.62 [1.37]Recommended workpiece weight kg [lbs] 2.2 [4.85]Air consumption per double stroke cm3 [in3] 29.0 [1.77]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure bar [psi] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure bar [psi] 8.0 [116]Closing time s 0.03Opening time s 0.03Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 60.0 [2.362]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [lbs] 0.4 [0.88]IP rating 20Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194]Repeat accuracy mm [in] 0.05 [0.0020]

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

23_PWG-S_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:59 Uhr Seite 622

Page 66: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PWG-S 60Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Universal Angular Grippers

623w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

The direct connection supplies pressure to the gripper without a failure-prone hosesystem. Instead, the pressure medium is guided through holes in the mounting plate.

� Adapter Gripper

Main views

The illustration shows the gripper in the basic version with closed jaws, withouttaking into account the measurements of the optional extras described below.

A,a Main connection, direct connection – Open gripperB,b Main connection, direct connection – Close gripper� Gripper connection� Finger connection�� Clamping reserve per fingerJ As an alternative to or in addition to the spring-mounted, mechanical gripping

force safety device, the pressure maintenance valve SDV-P can also be used forI.D. or O.D. gripping (see the “Accessories” catalog section).

Hose-free direct connection

23_PWG-S_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:59 Uhr Seite 623

Page 67: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PWG-S 60Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Universal Angular Grippers

624 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J For the sensor cables, observe the minimum permitted bending radii. Generally, theseare 35 mm.

J Two sensors (NO contacts/S) are required per gripper as well as an optionalextension cable.

Extension cables for proximity switches/magnetic switchesDesignation IDGK 3-M8 0301622KV 10-M12 0301596KV 10-M8 0301496KV 20-M12 0301597KV 20-M8 0301497KV 3-M12 0301595KV 3-M8 0301495W 3-M12 0301503W 5-M12 0301507WK 3-M8 0301594WK 5-M8 0301502

End position monitoring:Inductive proximity switches, for direct mountingDesignation ID Recommended productIN 60/S-M12 0301585IN 60/S-M8 0301485 •INK 60/S 0301553

Sensor systems

You can find detailed information and components of the specified accessory in the “Accessories” catalog section.

23_PWG-S_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:59 Uhr Seite 624

Page 68: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PWG-S 60Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Universal Angular Grippers

625w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

23_PWG-S_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:59 Uhr Seite 625

Page 69: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PWG-S 80Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Universal Angular Grippers

626 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Technical data

Finger load

J Moments and forces apply per base jaw and mayoccur simultaneously. If the maximum permitted fingerweight is exceeded, it is imperative to throttle the airpressure so that the jaw movement occurs without anyhitting or bouncing. The tool life may be reduced.

Gripping force, O.D. gripping

����

���

���

����

����

� � � �� ��

����� ����� ��� ����� ����� ���

����� ����� ���

���

��

���

���

��� ������� �� � ����� ������

Mx max. 15.0 Nm [11.1 lbf ft]Mz max. 1.1 Nm [0.8 lbf ft]Fz max. 300.0 N [67 lbf]

Designation PWG-S 80ID 0302613

Opening angle per jaw ° 20.0Fully closed included per jaw up to ° 2.0Closing moment Nm [lbf ft] 50.82 [37]Closing moment secured by springs Nm [lbf ft] 10.1 [7.4]Weight kg [lbs] 1.2 [2.65]Recommended workpiece weight kg [lbs] 4.8 [10.58]Air consumption per double stroke cm3 [in3] 60.0 [3.66]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure bar [psi] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure bar [psi] 8.0 [116]Closing time s 0.05Opening time s 0.05Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 80.0 [3.150]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [lbs] 0.8 [1.76]IP rating 20Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194]Repeat accuracy mm [in] 0.05 [0.0020]

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

23_PWG-S_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:59 Uhr Seite 626

Page 70: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PWG-S 80Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Universal Angular Grippers

627w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

The direct connection supplies pressure to the gripper without a failure-prone hosesystem. Instead, the pressure medium is guided through holes in the mounting plate.

� Adapter Gripper

Main views

The illustration shows the gripper in the basic version with closed jaws, withouttaking into account the measurements of the optional extras described below.

A,a Main connection, direct connection – Open gripperB,b Main connection, direct connection – Close gripper� Gripper connection� Finger connection�� Clamping reserve per fingerJ As an alternative to or in addition to the spring-mounted, mechanical gripping

force safety device, the pressure maintenance valve SDV-P can also be used forI.D. or O.D. gripping (see the “Accessories” catalog section).

Hose-free direct connection

23_PWG-S_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:59 Uhr Seite 627

Page 71: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PWG-S 80Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Universal Angular Grippers

628 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J For the sensor cables, observe the minimum permitted bending radii. Generally, theseare 35 mm.

J Two sensors (NO contacts/S) are required per gripper as well as an optionalextension cable.

Extension cables for proximity switches/magnetic switchesDesignation IDGK 3-M8 0301622KV 10-M12 0301596KV 10-M8 0301496KV 20-M12 0301597KV 20-M8 0301497KV 3-M12 0301595KV 3-M8 0301495W 3-M12 0301503W 5-M12 0301507WK 3-M8 0301594WK 5-M8 0301502

End position monitoring:Inductive proximity switches, for direct mountingDesignation ID Recommended productIN 60/S-M12 0301585IN 60/S-M8 0301485 •INK 60/S 0301553

Sensor systems

You can find detailed information and components of the specified accessory in the “Accessories” catalog section.

23_PWG-S_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:59 Uhr Seite 628

Page 72: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PWG-S 80Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Universal Angular Grippers

629w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

23_PWG-S_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:59 Uhr Seite 629

Page 73: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PWGPneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Universal Angular Grippers

630 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Sizes65 .. 230

Weight0.33 kg .. 16.3 kg0.73 lbs .. 35.94 lbs

Gripping moment6 Nm .. 934 Nm4.4 lbf ft .. 689 lbf ft

Opening angle per finger20°

Workpiece weight1.1 kg .. 43 kg2.43 lbs .. 94.80 lbs

Application example

Rotary feed unit for shafts PWG 130-B 2-Finger Angular Gripper

OSE-C 57-8 Rotary Unit

LIRAX-P-SLF-02 Gantry Axis with bellows cover

24_PWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:36 Uhr Seite 630

Page 74: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PWGPneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Universal Angular Grippers

631w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Variable top jaw designas gripper is available both as a jaw version (-B) and a fingerversion (-F)

FPS measuring systemmonitoring of jaw position or of 5 ranges by means of the add-onFPS sensor

Gripping force safety devicealways integrated for reliable, controlled production

Can be used in tough environmentsthanks to the gripper’s sturdy construction

Robust 2-finger angular gripper with spring-loaded gripping forcesafety device

Universal Angular Gripper

Area of applicationFor universal use in clean and slightly dirty environments

Your advantages and benefits

General information on the seriesWorking principlePositively driven lever mechanism

Housing materialAluminum alloy, hard-anodized

Base jaw materialSteel

ActuationPneumatic, with filtered compressed air (10 μm): Dry, lubricated or non-lubricatedPressure medium: Required quality class of compressed air according to DIN ISO8573-1: Quality class 4

Warranty24 months

Scope of deliveryBrackets for proximity switches, switching lugs, guide sleeves, O-rings for directconnection, assembly and operating manual with manufacturer’s declaration

24_PWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:36 Uhr Seite 631

Page 75: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PWGPneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Universal Angular Grippers

632 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Base jawsfor the connection of workpiece-specificgripper fingers

Kinematicslever mechanism for synchronized gripping

Gripping force safety devicemechanical gripping force maintenance forO.D. gripping

Housingweight-reduced through the use of a hard-anodized, high-strength aluminum alloy

Drivepneumatic oval piston for maximum drivingforce

The piston is moved up or down by means of compressed air. The kinematics use theguided lever system to transform the vertical motion into the synchronous, angularmovement of the base jaws.

Function descriptionThis series is especially suitable for handling crankshafts and camshafts.

Options and special information

Sectional diagram

24_PWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:37 Uhr Seite 632

Page 76: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PWGPneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Universal Angular Grippers

633w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Gripping momentis the arithmetic total of gripping moments for each base jaw.

Finger lengthis measured from the upper edge of the gripper housing in the direction of the main axis. If the max. permitted finger length is exceeded, as with heavy fingers,the speed of movement of the jaws must be restricted and/or the opening anglereduced. The service life of the gripper may be reduced.

Repeat accuracyis defined as the spread of the limit position after 100 consecutive strokes.

Workpiece weightThe recommended workpiece weight is calculated for a force-type connection with afriction coefficient of 0.1 and a safety of 2 against slippage of the workpiece onacceleration due to gravity g. Considerably heavier workpiece weights are permittedwith form-fit gripping.

Closing and opening timesClosing and opening times are purely the times that the base jaws or fingers are inmotion. Valve switching times, hose filling times or PLC reaction times are notincluded in the above times and must be taken into consideration when determiningcycle times.

General information on the series

SCHUNK accessories – thesuitable complement for thehighest level of functionality,reliability and controlled pro-duction of all automationmodules.

Centering sleeves FittingsIN inductive proximityswitches

Quentes plastic inserts

HKI gripper pads V sensor distributors

SDV-P pressure maintenance valves

FPS flexible positionsensor

Accessories

W/WK/KV/GK sensor cables

J For the exact size of the required accessories, availability of this size and the designation and ID, please refer to the additional views at the end of the size in question. Youcan find more detailed information on our accessory range in the “Accessories” catalog section.

24_PWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:37 Uhr Seite 633

Page 77: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PWG 65Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Universal Angular Grippers

634 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Technical data

Finger load

J Moments and forces apply per base jaw and may occursimultaneously. If the max. permitted finger weight isexceeded, it is imperative to throttle the air pressure sothat the jaw movement occurs without any hitting orbouncing. Service life may be reduced.

Gripping force, O.D. gripping

��

���

���

� � �� ��

��� ����� ��� ��� ���� ���

��� ������ ���

��

���

��� ������� ������ ����

Mx max. 11.0 Nm [8.1 lbf ft]Mz max. 12.0 Nm [8.9 lbf ft]Fz max. 180.0 N [40 lbf]

Description PWG 65-F PWG 65-BID 0302630 0302631

Connection version Base jawOpening angle per jaw ° 20.0 20.0Opening angle per jaw up to ° 2.0 2.0Closing moment Nm [lbf ft] 6.44 [4.7] 6.44 [4.7]Closing moment ensured by spring Nm [lbf ft] 1.7 [1.3] 1.7 [1.3]Weight kg [lbs] 0.33 [0.73] 0.33 [0.73]Recommended workpiece weight kg [lbs] 1.1 [2.43] 1.1 [2.43]Air consumption per double stroke cm3 [in3] 8.0 [0.49] 8.0 [0.49]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure bar [psi] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure bar [psi] 8.0 [116] 8.0 [116]Closing time s 0.01 0.01Opening time s 0.02 0.02Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 60.0 [2.362] 60.0 [2.362]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [lbs] 0.15 [0.33] 0.15 [0.33]IP class 20 20Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14] -10.0 [14]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194] 90.0 [194]Repeat accuracy mm [in] 0.05 [0.0020] 0.05 [0.0020]

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

24_PWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:37 Uhr Seite 634

Page 78: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PWG 65Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Universal Angular Grippers

635w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Different dimensions for version “B” (jaw version).

� Finger connection

The direct connection is used for supplying compressed air to the gripper withoutvulnerable hoses. Instead, the pressure medium is fed through bore-holes in the mounting plate.

� Adapter Gripper

Main views

The drawing shows the gripper in the basic version with closed jaws, the dimensionsdo not include the options described below.

A,a Main/direct connection, gripper openingB,b Main/direct connection, gripper closing� Gripper connection� Finger connection�� Clamping reserve per finger�� Connection for shaft support

Jaw version

J The SDV-P pressure maintenance valve can also be used (see “Accessories” cata-log section) for I.D. or O.D. gripping as an alternative or in addition to the spring-loaded, mechanical gripping force safety device.

Hoseless direct connection

24_PWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:37 Uhr Seite 635

Page 79: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PWG 65Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Universal Angular Grippers

636 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

We will supply the complete module for handling crankshafts and camshafts on request.

The mounting kit consists of brackets, switch cams and the associated mounting materials.The proximity switches must be ordered separately.Description IDHG-PWG 65 0300764

In the PWG, up to 3 intermediate positions can be monitored by the FPS flexible positionsensor.

FPS measuring system Mounting kit for proximity switch

Shaft support

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

24_PWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:37 Uhr Seite 636

Page 80: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PWG 65Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Universal Angular Grippers

637w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J Please note the minimum permitted bending radii for the sensor cables, which aregenerally 35 mm.

J Two sensors (NO contacts) are required for each gripper, plus extension cables as anoption.

J Two sensors (NO contacts) are required for each gripper, plus extension cables as anoption.

Measuring system:FPS position monitorDescription IDFPS-A5 0301802FPS-F5 0301805FPS-F5 T 0301807FPS-S 13 0301705

End position monitoring:Inductive proximity switches, mounted with mounting kitDescription ID Recommended productHG-PWG 65 0300764IN 80/S-M12 0301578IN 80/S-M8 0301478 •IN-B 80/S-M8 0301477INK 80/S 0301550INK 80/SL 0301579

End position monitoring:Inductive proximity switches, for direct mountingDescription ID Recommended productIN 60/S-M12 0301585IN 60/S-M8 0301485 •INK 60/S 0301553

Sensor system

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

Extension cables for proximity switches/magnetic switchesDescription IDGK 3-M8 0301622KV 10-M12 0301596KV 10-M8 0301496KV 20-M12 0301597KV 20-M8 0301497KV 3-M12 0301595KV 3-M8 0301495W 3-M12 0301503W 5-M12 0301507WK 3-M8 0301594WK 5-M8 0301502

When using an FPS system, an FPS sensor (FPS-S) and an electronic processor(FPS-F5 / F5 T or A5) are required for each gripper as well as a mounting kit (AS), iflisted. Cable extensions (KV) are available as options in the “Accessories” catalog section.

24_PWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:37 Uhr Seite 637

Page 81: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PWG 90Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Universal Angular Grippers

638 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Technical data

Finger load

J Moments and forces apply per base jaw and may occursimultaneously. If the max. permitted finger weight isexceeded, it is imperative to throttle the air pressure sothat the jaw movement occurs without any hitting orbouncing. Service life may be reduced.

Gripping force, O.D. gripping

���

����

����

����

����

���

���

� � �� �� ���

��� ����� ��� ��� ���� ���

��� ������ ���

���

���

��

���

��� ������� ������ ���� �� ��

Mx max. 15.0 Nm [11.1 lbf ft]Mz max. 20.0 Nm [14.8 lbf ft]Fz max. 300.0 N [67 lbf]

Description PWG 90-F PWG 90-BID 0302632 0302633

Connection version Base jawOpening angle per jaw ° 20.0 20.0Opening angle per jaw up to ° 2.0 2.0Closing moment Nm [lbf ft] 35.69 [26] 35.69 [26]Closing moment ensured by spring Nm [lbf ft] 9.0 [6.6] 9.0 [6.6]Weight kg [lbs] 0.99 [2.18] 1.06 [2.34]Recommended workpiece weight kg [lbs] 4.3 [9.48] 4.3 [9.48]Air consumption per double stroke cm3 [in3] 35.0 [2.14] 35.0 [2.14]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure bar [psi] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure bar [psi] 8.0 [116] 8.0 [116]Closing time s 0.03 0.03Opening time s 0.06 0.06Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 80.0 [3.150] 80.0 [3.150]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [lbs] 0.5 [1.10] 0.5 [1.10]IP class 20 20Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14] -10.0 [14]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194] 90.0 [194]Repeat accuracy mm [in] 0.05 [0.0020] 0.05 [0.0020]

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

24_PWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:37 Uhr Seite 638

Page 82: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PWG 90Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Universal Angular Grippers

639w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Different dimensions for version “B” (jaw version).

� Finger connection

The direct connection is used for supplying compressed air to the gripper withoutvulnerable hoses. Instead, the pressure medium is fed through bore-holes in the mounting plate.

� Adapter Gripper

Main views

The drawing shows the gripper in the basic version with closed jaws, the dimensionsdo not include the options described below.

A,a Main/direct connection, gripper openingB,b Main/direct connection, gripper closing� Gripper connection� Finger connection�� Clamping reserve per finger�� Connection for shaft support

Jaw version

J The SDV-P pressure maintenance valve can also be used (see “Accessories” cata-log section) for I.D. or O.D. gripping as an alternative or in addition to the spring-loaded, mechanical gripping force safety device.

Hoseless direct connection

24_PWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:37 Uhr Seite 639

Page 83: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PWG 90Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Universal Angular Grippers

640 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

We will supply the complete module for handling crankshafts and camshafts on request.In the PWG, up to 3 intermediate positions can be monitored by the FPS flexible positionsensor.

FPS measuring system Shaft support

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

24_PWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:38 Uhr Seite 640

Page 84: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PWG 90Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Universal Angular Grippers

641w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J Please note the minimum permitted bending radii for the sensor cables, which aregenerally 35 mm.

When using an FPS system, an FPS sensor (FPS-S) and an electronic processor(FPS-F5 / F5 T or A5) are required for each gripper as well as a mounting kit (AS), iflisted. Cable extensions (KV) are available as options in the “Accessories” catalog section.

J Two sensors (NO contacts) are required for each gripper, plus extension cables as anoption.

Measuring system:FPS position monitorDescription IDFPS-A5 0301802FPS-F5 0301805FPS-F5 T 0301807FPS-S 13 0301705KV 05 0301598KV 1 0301599KV 10 0301801

End position monitoring:Inductive proximity switches, for direct mountingDescription ID Recommended productIN 80/S-M12 0301578IN 80/S-M8 0301478 •IN-B 80/S-M8 0301477INK 80/S 0301550

Sensor system

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

Extension cables for proximity switches/magnetic switchesDescription IDGK 3-M8 0301622KV 10-M12 0301596KV 10-M8 0301496KV 20-M12 0301597KV 20-M8 0301497KV 3-M12 0301595KV 3-M8 0301495W 3-M12 0301503W 5-M12 0301507WK 3-M8 0301594WK 5-M8 0301502

24_PWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:38 Uhr Seite 641

Page 85: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PWG 130Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Universal Angular Grippers

642 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Technical data

Finger load

J Moments and forces apply per base jaw and may occursimultaneously. If the max. permitted finger weight isexceeded, it is imperative to throttle the air pressure sothat the jaw movement occurs without any hitting orbouncing. Service life may be reduced.

Gripping force, O.D. gripping

����

���

����

����

�����

� �� ��� ��� ���

��� ����� ��� ��� ���� ���

��� ������ ���

��

���

��

� ��

���

���� ������� ��� � ������� � �� �

Mx max. 20.0 Nm [14.8 lbf ft]Mz max. 35.0 Nm [26 lbf ft]Fz max. 350.0 N [79 lbf]

Description PWG 130-F PWG 130-BID 0302634 0302635

Connection version Base jawOpening angle per jaw ° 20.0 20.0Opening angle per jaw up to ° 2.0 2.0Closing moment Nm [lbf ft] 125.4 [92] 125.4 [92]Closing moment ensured by spring Nm [lbf ft] 34.2 [25] 34.2 [25]Weight kg [lbs] 2.6 [5.73] 2.8 [6.17]Recommended workpiece weight kg [lbs] 11.0 [24.25] 11.0 [24.25]Air consumption per double stroke cm3 [in3] 120.0 [7.32] 120.0 [7.32]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure bar [psi] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure bar [psi] 8.0 [116] 8.0 [116]Closing time s 0.1 0.1Opening time s 0.19 0.19Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 125.0 [4.921] 125.0 [4.921]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [lbs] 1.0 [2.20] 1.0 [2.20]IP class 20 20Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14] -10.0 [14]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194] 90.0 [194]Repeat accuracy mm [in] 0.05 [0.0020] 0.05 [0.0020]

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

24_PWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:38 Uhr Seite 642

Page 86: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PWG 130Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Universal Angular Grippers

643w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Different dimensions for version “B” (jaw version).

� Finger connection

The direct connection is used for supplying compressed air to the gripper without vul-nerable hoses. Instead, the pressure medium is fed through bore-holes in the mounting plate.

� Adapter Gripper

Main views

The drawing shows the gripper in the basic version with closed jaws, the dimensionsdo not include the options described below.

A,a Main/direct connection, gripper openingB,b Main/direct connection, gripper closing� Gripper connection� Finger connection�� Clamping reserve per finger�� Connection for shaft support

Jaw version

J The SDV-P pressure maintenance valve can also be used (see “Accessories” cata-log section) for I.D. or O.D. gripping as an alternative or in addition to the spring-loaded, mechanical gripping force safety device.

Hoseless direct connection

24_PWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:38 Uhr Seite 643

Page 87: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PWG 130Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Universal Angular Grippers

644 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

We will supply the complete module for handling crankshafts and camshafts on request.

The mounting kit consists of brackets, switch cams and the associated mounting materials.The proximity switches must be ordered separately.Description IDHG-PWG 130-230 0300763

In the PWG, up to 3 intermediate positions can be monitored by the FPS flexible positionsensor.

FPS measuring system Mounting kit for proximity switch

Shaft support

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

24_PWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:38 Uhr Seite 644

Page 88: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PWG 130Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Universal Angular Grippers

645w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J Please note the minimum permitted bending radii for the sensor cables, which aregenerally 35 mm.

J Two sensors (NO contacts) are required for each gripper, plus extension cables as anoption.J Two sensors (NO contacts) are required for each gripper, plus extension cables as an

option.

Measuring system:FPS position monitorDescription IDFPS-A5 0301802FPS-F5 0301805FPS-F5 T 0301807FPS-S 13 0301705

End position monitoring:Inductive proximity switches, mounted with mounting kitDescription ID Recommended productHG-PWG 130-230 0300763IN 120/S-M12 0301592 •INK 120/S 0301562

End position monitoring:Inductive proximity switches, for direct mountingDescription ID Recommended productIN 80/S-M12 0301578IN 80/S-M8 0301478 •IN-B 80/S-M8 0301477INK 80/S 0301550

Sensor system

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

Extension cables for proximity switches/magnetic switchesDescription IDGK 3-M8 0301622KV 10-M12 0301596KV 10-M8 0301496KV 20-M12 0301597KV 20-M8 0301497KV 3-M12 0301595KV 3-M8 0301495W 3-M12 0301503W 5-M12 0301507WK 3-M8 0301594WK 5-M8 0301502

When using an FPS system, an FPS sensor (FPS-S) and an electronic processor(FPS-F5 / F5 T or A5) are required for each gripper as well as a mounting kit (AS), iflisted. Cable extensions (KV) are available as options in the “Accessories” catalog section.

24_PWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:38 Uhr Seite 645

Page 89: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PWG 170Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Universal Angular Grippers

646 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Technical data

Finger load

J Moments and forces apply per base jaw and may occursimultaneously. If the max. permitted finger weight isexceeded, it is imperative to throttle the air pressure sothat the jaw movement occurs without any hitting orbouncing. Service life may be reduced.

Gripping force, O.D. gripping

���

����

����

�����

�����

�����

� �� ��� ��� ��

��� � ���� ��� ��� � ��� ���

��� � ����� ���

��

���

����

��� ������ �� �� � ��� � �����

Mx max. 40.0 Nm [30 lbf ft]Mz max. 65.0 Nm [48 lbf ft]Fz max. 500.0 N [112 lbf]

Description PWG 170-F PWG 170-BID 0302636 0302637

Connection version Base jawOpening angle per jaw ° 20.0 20.0Opening angle per jaw up to ° 2.0 2.0Closing moment Nm [lbf ft] 324.9 [240] 324.9 [240]Closing moment ensured by spring Nm [lbf ft] 80.4 [59] 80.4 [59]Weight kg [lbs] 6.6 [14.55] 7.0 [15.43]Recommended workpiece weight kg [lbs] 19.0 [41.89] 19.0 [41.89]Air consumption per double stroke cm3 [in3] 320.0 [19.53] 320.0 [19.53]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure bar [psi] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure bar [psi] 8.0 [116] 8.0 [116]Closing time s 0.27 0.27Opening time s 0.3 0.3Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 160.0 [6.299] 160.0 [6.299]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [lbs] 2.5 [5.51] 2.5 [5.51]IP class 20 20Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14] -10.0 [14]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194] 90.0 [194]Repeat accuracy mm [in] 0.05 [0.0020] 0.05 [0.0020]

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

24_PWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:38 Uhr Seite 646

Page 90: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PWG 170Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Universal Angular Grippers

647w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Different dimensions for version “B” (jaw version).

� Finger connection

The direct connection is used for supplying compressed air to the gripper withoutvulnerable hoses. Instead, the pressure medium is fed through bore-holes in the mounting plate.

� Adapter Gripper

Main views

The drawing shows the gripper in the basic version with closed jaws, the dimensionsdo not include the options described below.

A,a Main/direct connection, gripper openingB,b Main/direct connection, gripper closing� Gripper connection� Finger connection�� Clamping reserve per finger�� Connection for shaft support

Jaw version

J The SDV-P pressure maintenance valve can also be used (see “Accessories” cata-log section) for I.D. or O.D. gripping as an alternative or in addition to the spring-loaded, mechanical gripping force safety device.

Hoseless direct connection

24_PWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:38 Uhr Seite 647

Page 91: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PWG 170Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Universal Angular Grippers

648 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

We will supply the complete module for handling crankshafts and camshafts on request.

The mounting kit consists of brackets, switch cams and the associated mounting materials.The proximity switches must be ordered separately.Description IDHG-PWG 130-230 0300763

In the PWG, up to 3 intermediate positions can be monitored by the FPS flexible positionsensor.

FPS measuring system Mounting kit for proximity switch

Shaft support

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

24_PWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:38 Uhr Seite 648

Page 92: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PWG 170Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Universal Angular Grippers

649w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J Please note the minimum permitted bending radii for the sensor cables, which aregenerally 35 mm.

J Two sensors (NO contacts) are required for each gripper, plus extension cables as anoption.J Two sensors (NO contacts) are required for each gripper, plus extension cables as an

option.

Measuring system:FPS position monitorDescription IDFPS-A5 0301802FPS-F5 0301805FPS-F5 T 0301807FPS-S 13 0301705

End position monitoring:Inductive proximity switches, mounted with mounting kitDescription ID Recommended productHG-PWG 130-230 0300763IN 120/S-M12 0301592 •INK 120/S 0301562

End position monitoring:Inductive proximity switches, for direct mountingDescription ID Recommended productIN 80/S-M12 0301578IN 80/S-M8 0301478 •IN-B 80/S-M8 0301477INK 80/S 0301550

Sensor system

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

Extension cables for proximity switches/magnetic switchesDescription IDGK 3-M8 0301622KV 10-M12 0301596KV 10-M8 0301496KV 20-M12 0301597KV 20-M8 0301497KV 3-M12 0301595KV 3-M8 0301495W 3-M12 0301503W 5-M12 0301507WK 3-M8 0301594WK 5-M8 0301502

When using an FPS system, an FPS sensor (FPS-S) and an electronic processor(FPS-F5 / F5 T or A5) are required for each gripper as well as a mounting kit (AS), iflisted. Cable extensions (KV) are available as options in the “Accessories” catalog section.

24_PWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:38 Uhr Seite 649

Page 93: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PWG 230Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Universal Angular Grippers

650 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Technical data

Finger load

J Moments and forces apply per base jaw and may occursimultaneously. If the max. permitted finger weight isexceeded, it is imperative to throttle the air pressure sothat the jaw movement occurs without any hitting orbouncing. Service life may be reduced.

Gripping force, O.D. gripping

�����

�����

����

����

� ��� ��� ��

��� ����� ��� ��� ���� ���

��� ������ ���

���

��

����

��� ��� � � �� � ��������

Mx max. 100.0 Nm [74 lbf ft]Mz max. 110.0 Nm [81 lbf ft]Fz max. 1000.0 N [225 lbf]

Description PWG 230-F PWG 230-BID 0302638 0302639

Connection version Base jawOpening angle per jaw ° 20.0 20.0Opening angle per jaw up to ° 2.0 2.0Closing moment Nm [lbf ft] 934.2 [689] 934.2 [689]Closing moment ensured by spring Nm [lbf ft] 237.6 [175] 237.6 [175]Weight kg [lbs] 15.8 [34.83] 16.3 [35.94]Recommended workpiece weight kg [lbs] 43.0 [94.80] 43.0 [94.80]Air consumption per double stroke cm3 [in3] 860.0 [52.48] 860.0 [52.48]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure bar [psi] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure bar [psi] 8.0 [116] 8.0 [116]Closing time s 0.35 0.35Opening time s 0.45 0.45Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 200.0 [7.874] 200.0 [7.874]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [lbs] 4.0 [8.82] 4.0 [8.82]IP class 20 20Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14] -10.0 [14]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194] 90.0 [194]Repeat accuracy mm [in] 0.05 [0.0020] 0.05 [0.0020]

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

24_PWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:38 Uhr Seite 650

Page 94: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PWG 230Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Universal Angular Grippers

651w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Different dimensions for version “B” (jaw version).

� Finger connection

The direct connection is used for supplying compressed air to the gripper withoutvulnerable hoses. Instead, the pressure medium is fed through bore-holes in the mounting plate.

� Adapter Gripper

Main views

The drawing shows the gripper in the basic version with closed jaws, the dimensionsdo not include the options described below.

A,a Main/direct connection, gripper openingB,b Main/direct connection, gripper closing� Gripper connection� Finger connection�� Clamping reserve per finger�� Connection for shaft support

Jaw version

J The SDV-P pressure maintenance valve can also be used (see “Accessories” cata-log section) for I.D. or O.D. gripping as an alternative or in addition to the spring-loaded, mechanical gripping force safety device.

Hoseless direct connection

24_PWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:38 Uhr Seite 651

Page 95: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PWG 230Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Universal Angular Grippers

652 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

We will supply the complete module for handling crankshafts and camshafts on request.

The mounting kit consists of brackets, switch cams and the associated mounting materials.The proximity switches must be ordered separately.Description IDHG-PWG 130-230 0300763

In the PWG, up to 3 intermediate positions can be monitored by the FPS flexible positionsensor.

FPS measuring system Mounting kit for proximity switch

Shaft support

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

24_PWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:39 Uhr Seite 652

Page 96: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PWG 230Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Universal Angular Grippers

653w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J Please note the minimum permitted bending radii for the sensor cables, which aregenerally 35 mm.

J Two sensors (NO contacts) are required for each gripper, plus extension cables as anoption.J Two sensors (NO contacts) are required for each gripper, plus extension cables as an

option.

Measuring system:FPS position monitorDescription IDFPS-A5 0301802FPS-F5 0301805FPS-F5 T 0301807FPS-S 13 0301705

End position monitoring:Inductive proximity switches, mounted with mounting kitDescription ID Recommended productHG-PWG 130-230 0300763IN 120/S-M12 0301592 •INK 120/S 0301562

End position monitoring:Inductive proximity switches, for direct mountingDescription ID Recommended productIN 80/S-M12 0301578IN 80/S-M8 0301478 •IN-B 80/S-M8 0301477INK 80/S 0301550

Sensor system

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

Extension cables for proximity switches/magnetic switchesDescription IDGK 3-M8 0301622KV 10-M12 0301596KV 10-M8 0301496KV 20-M12 0301597KV 20-M8 0301497KV 3-M12 0301595KV 3-M8 0301495W 3-M12 0301503W 5-M12 0301507WK 3-M8 0301594WK 5-M8 0301502

When using an FPS system, an FPS sensor (FPS-S) and an electronic processor(FPS-F5 / F5 T or A5) are required for each gripper as well as a mounting kit (AS), iflisted. Cable extensions (KV) are available as options in the “Accessories” catalog section.

24_PWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 13:39 Uhr Seite 653

Page 97: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

Pneumatic Gripping ModulesPneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers

Kapitel_2-Finger Radial.qxd 10.04.2008 14:04 Uhr Seite 654

Page 98: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

Pneumatic Gripping ModulesPneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers

655w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

2-FI

NG

ER R

ADIA

L G

RIPP

ERS Series Size Page

Universal Grippers

GWB 656

GWB 34 660

GWB 44 664

GWB 54 668

GWB 64 672

GWB 80 676

GWB 100 680

Sealed Grippers

DWG 684

DWG 44 688

DWG 54 692

DWG 64 696

DWG 80 700

DWG 100 704

Kapitel_2-Finger Radial.qxd 10.04.2008 14:05 Uhr Seite 655

Page 99: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GWBPneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Universal Grippers

656 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Sizes34 .. 100

Weight0.14 kg .. 3.5 kg0.31 lbs .. 7.72 lbs

Gripping moment2.1 Nm .. 127 Nm1.5 lbf ft .. 94 lbf ft

Opening angle per finger10° .. 90°

Force-fit gripping0.3 kg .. 6.0 kg0.66 lbs .. 13.23 lbs

Application example

Rotating/gripping combination for handlingsmall wheel spindles. The 180° openingangle of the gripper eliminates the linearunit that would otherwise be necessary.

2-Finger Angular Gripper GWB 64 Rotary Actuator SRU 35.2-180-3-4

25_GWB_USA.qxd 11.04.2008 14:36 Uhr Seite 656

Page 100: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GWBPneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Universal Grippers

657w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Opening angle adjustable from 20° to 180°Enabling a wide range of applications

Equipped with mechanical gripping force safety deviceTo keep the gripper fingers closed with the indicated spring force.

Air supply via hose-free direct connection or via fittingsFor flexible pressure supply in all automated systems

KinematicsToggle system for extremely high gripping force at the moment ofworkpiece contact

180° Angular gripper with gripping force safety device andpowerful toggle drive system

Universal Radial Gripper

Area of applicationFor areas of application which, in addition to a large gripping force,require the shortest possible motion sequences through the radialdesign of the jaw stroke.

Your advantages and benefits

General information on the seriesWorking principleToggle drive system

Housing materialAluminum alloy, hard-anodized

Base jaws materialSteel

ActuationPneumatic, via filtered compressed air (10 μm): Dry, lubricated or non-lubricate Pressure medium: Requirement on the quality class of compressed air according toDIN ISO 8573-1: Quality class 4

Warranty24 months

Scope of deliveryBrackets for proximity switches, dowel pins, O-rings for direct connection, assemblyand operating manual with manufacturer’s declaration

25_GWB_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:12 Uhr Seite 657

Page 101: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GWBPneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Universal Grippers

658 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Base jawsfor mounting of workpiece-specific gripperfingers

Kinematicstoggle system for extremely high grippingforce at the moment of workpiece contact.

Housingweight-reduced thanks to the use of a hard-anodized, high-strength aluminum alloy

Drivepneumatic for high power density

Centering and mounting optionsfor universal gripper mounting

The round piston is pressed up or down by compressed air. In the process, the twopins of the crank system move in unison and relative to the groove in the top jaws.In the gripping moment, these two pins reach the largest lever arm.

Functional description180° angular grippers (radial grippers) are advantageous in that they save anadditional stroke movement. Since each jaw rotates away by 90°, they are mostlyremoved from the work area; a stroke movement to retract the entire gripper can beomitted.

Options and special information

Sectional diagram

25_GWB_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:12 Uhr Seite 658

Page 102: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GWBPneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Universal Grippers

659w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Gripping momentdescribes the arithmetic total of the gripping moments for each jaw.

Finger lengthis measured from the upper edge of the gripper housing in the direction of the mainaxis. If the maximum permitted finger length is exceeded, the speed of the jawmovement must also be throttled, as is the case for heavy fingers, and/or the ope-ning angle must be reduced. The gripper’s life may be shortened.

Repeat accuracyis defined as the variance of the end position after 100 consecutive strokes.

Workpiece weightThe recommended workpiece weight is calculated for force-fit gripping with a frictioncoefficient of 0.1 and a safety of 2 against slippage of the workpiece on accelerationdue to gravity g. Considerably heavier workpiece weights are permitted with form-fitclamping.

Closing and opening timesClosing and opening times are the pure movement times of the base jaws or fingers.Valve switching times, hose filling times or SPC reaction times are not included andmust be taken into consideration when determining cycle times.

General information on the series

SCHUNK accessories – thesuitable complement for thehighest level of functionality,reliability and controlledproduction of all automationmodules.

FittingsInductive proximityswitches IN

Plastic inserts – Quentes

Gripper pads HKI Sensor distributor V

Pressure maintenancevalves SDV-P

Accessories

Sensor cablesW/WK/KV/GK

J Please refer to the additional views at the end of each size for the specific size of the equired accessory, availability for the gripper size, the description and the ID No.You can find more detailed information on our range of accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

25_GWB_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:13 Uhr Seite 659

Page 103: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GWB 34Pneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Universal Grippers

660 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J The opening angle of the base jaw can be limited.

Technical data

Finger load

J Moments and forces apply per base jaw and mayoccur simultaneously. If the maximum permitted fingerweight is exceeded, it is imperative to throttle the airpressure so that the jaw movement occurs without anyhitting or bouncing. The tool life may be reduced.

Gripping force, O.D. gripping

0

40

80

120

160

200

0 10 20 30 40 50

GWB 493/58 psi GWB 493/87 psi

[0] [0.394][0.787][1.181][1.575] [1.969]

0

9

18

27

36

45

Mx max. 3.9 Nm [2.9 lbf ft]Mz max. 0.3 Nm [0.221 lbf ft]Fz max. 50.0 N [11.2 lbf]

Designation GWB 34ID 0307135

Opening angle per jaw ° 90.0Fully closed included per jaw up to ° 2.0Closing moment Nm [lbf ft] 2.112 [1.6]Closing moment secured by springs Nm [lbf ft] 0.5 [0.369]Weight kg [lbs] 0.14 [0.31]Recommended workpiece weight kg [lbs] 0.3 [0.66]Air consumption per double stroke cm3 [in3] 4.5 [0.27]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure bar [psi] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure bar [psi] 6.5 [94]Closing time s 0.3Opening time s 0.4Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 40.0 [1.575]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [lbs] 0.07 [0.15]IP rating 20Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194]Repeat accuracy mm [in] 0.1 [0.0039]

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

25_GWB_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:13 Uhr Seite 660

Page 104: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GWB 34Pneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Universal Grippers

661w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

The mounting kit consists of 2 mounting brackets, 2 intermediate sleeves and smallcomponents. The proximity switches must be ordered separately.Designation IDHG-GWB 34 0300740

The direct connection supplies pressure to the gripper without a failure-prone hosesystem. Instead, the pressure medium is guided through holes in the mounting plate.

� Adapter Gripper

Main views

The illustration shows the gripper in the basic version with closed jaws, withouttaking into account the measurements of the optional extras described below.

A,a Main connection, direct connection – Open gripperB,b Main connection, direct connection – Close gripper� Gripper connection� Finger connection

Mounting kit for proximity switch M8/M12

J As an alternative to or in addition to the spring-mounted, mechanical grippingforce safety device, the pressure maintenance valve SDV-P can also be used forI.D. or O.D. gripping (see the “Accessories” catalog section).

Hose-free direct connection

25_GWB_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:13 Uhr Seite 661

Page 105: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GWB 34Pneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Universal Grippers

662 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Suggestion for connection dimensions – Gripper fingers

Finger design

You can find detailed information and components of the specified accessory in the “Accessories” catalog section.

25_GWB_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:13 Uhr Seite 662

Page 106: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GWB 34Pneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Universal Grippers

663w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J For the sensor cables, observe the minimum permitted bending radii. Generally, theseare 35 mm.

J Two sensors (NO contacts/S) are required per gripper as well as an optionalextension cable.

J Two sensors (NO contacts/S) are required per gripper as well as an optionalextension cable.

Extension cables for proximity switches/magnetic switchesDesignation IDGK 3-M8 0301622KV 10-M12 0301596KV 10-M8 0301496KV 20-M12 0301597KV 20-M8 0301497KV 3-M12 0301595KV 3-M8 0301495W 3-M12 0301503W 5-M12 0301507WK 3-M8 0301594WK 5-M8 0301502

End position monitoring: Inductive proximity switches, mounted with mountingkitDesignation ID Recommended productHG-GWB 34 0300740IN 120/S-M12 0301592IN 80/S-M12 0301578IN 80/S-M8 0301478 •IN-B 80/S-M8 0301477INK 120/S 0301562INK 80/S 0301550INK 80/SL 0301579

End position monitoring:Inductive proximity switches, for direct mountingDesignation ID Recommended productIN 40/S-M12 0301574IN 40/S-M8 0301474 •INK 40/S 0301555

Sensor systems

You can find detailed information and components of the specified accessory in the “Accessories” catalog section.

25_GWB_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:13 Uhr Seite 663

Page 107: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GWB 44Pneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Universal Grippers

664 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J The opening angle of the base jaw can be limited.

Technical data

Finger load

J Moments and forces apply per base jaw and mayoccur simultaneously. If the maximum permitted fingerweight is exceeded, it is imperative to throttle the airpressure so that the jaw movement occurs without anyhitting or bouncing. The tool life may be reduced.

Gripping force, O.D. gripping

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

0 20 40 60

GWB 638/58 psi GWB 638/87 psi

0

22

45

67

90

112

135

[0] [0.787] [1.575] [2.362]

Mx max. 6.2 Nm [4.6 lbf ft]Mz max. 0.5 Nm [0.369 lbf ft]Fz max. 100.0 N [22.5 lbf]

Designation GWB 44ID 0307136

Opening angle per jaw ° 90.0Fully closed included per jaw up to ° 2.0Closing moment Nm [lbf ft] 8.19 [6.0]Closing moment secured by springs Nm [lbf ft] 1.8 [1.3]Weight kg [lbs] 0.34 [0.75]Recommended workpiece weight kg [lbs] 0.9 [1.98]Fluid consumption per double stroke cm3 [in3] 16.0 [0.98]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure bar [psi] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure bar [psi] 6.5 [94]Closing time s 0.4Opening time s 0.5Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 50.0 [1.969]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [lbs] 0.12 [0.26]IP rating 20Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194]Repeat accuracy mm [in] 0.1 [0.0039]

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

25_GWB_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:13 Uhr Seite 664

Page 108: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GWB 44Pneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Universal Grippers

665w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

The mounting kit consists of 2 mounting brackets, 2 intermediate sleeves and smallcomponents. The proximity switches must be ordered separately.Designation IDHG-GWB 44 0300741

The direct connection supplies pressure to the gripper without a failure-prone hosesystem. Instead, the pressure medium is guided through holes in the mounting plate.

� Adapter Gripper

Main views

The illustration shows the gripper in the basic version with closed jaws, withouttaking into account the measurements of the optional extras described below.

A,a Main connection, direct connection – Open gripperB,b Main connection, direct connection – Close gripper� Gripper connection� Finger connection

Mounting kit for proximity switch M8/M12

J As an alternative to or in addition to the spring-mounted, mechanical grippingforce safety device, the pressure maintenance valve SDV-P can also be used forI.D. or O.D. gripping (see the “Accessories” catalog section).

Hose-free direct connection

25_GWB_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:13 Uhr Seite 665

Page 109: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GWB 44Pneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Universal Grippers

666 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Suggestion for connection dimensions – Gripper fingers

Finger design

You can find detailed information and components of the specified accessory in the “Accessories” catalog section.

25_GWB_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:13 Uhr Seite 666

Page 110: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GWB 44Pneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Universal Grippers

667w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J For the sensor cables, observe the minimum permitted bending radii. Generally, theseare 35 mm.

J Two sensors (NO contacts/S) are required per gripper as well as an optionalextension cable.

J Two sensors (NO contacts/S) are required per gripper as well as an optionalextension cable.

Extension cables for proximity switches/magnetic switchesDesignation IDGK 3-M8 0301622KV 10-M12 0301596KV 10-M8 0301496KV 20-M12 0301597KV 20-M8 0301497KV 3-M12 0301595KV 3-M8 0301495W 3-M12 0301503W 5-M12 0301507WK 3-M8 0301594WK 5-M8 0301502

End position monitoring: Inductive proximity switches, mounted with mountingkitDesignation ID Recommended productHG-GWB 44 0300741IN 120/S-M12 0301592IN 80/S-M12 0301578IN 80/S-M8 0301478 •IN-B 80/S-M8 0301477INK 120/S 0301562INK 80/S 0301550INK 80/SL 0301579

End position monitoring:Inductive proximity switches, for direct mountingDesignation ID Recommended productIN 40/S-M12 0301574IN 40/S-M8 0301474 •INK 40/S 0301555

Sensor systems

You can find detailed information and components of the specified accessory in the “Accessories” catalog section.

25_GWB_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:14 Uhr Seite 667

Page 111: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GWB 54Pneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Universal Grippers

668 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J The opening angle of the base jaw can be limited.

Technical data

Finger load

J Moments and forces apply per base jaw and mayoccur simultaneously. If the maximum permitted fingerweight is exceeded, it is imperative to throttle the airpressure so that the jaw movement occurs without anyhitting or bouncing. The tool life may be reduced.

Gripping force, O.D. gripping

0

200

400

600

800

0 20 40 60 80

GWB 783/58 psi GWB 783/87 psi

[0] [0.787] [1.575] [2.362] [3.150]

0

45

90

135

180

Mx max. 10.0 Nm [7.4 lbf ft]Mz max. 1.0 Nm [0.7 lbf ft]Fz max. 180.0 N [40 lbf]

Designation GWB 54ID 0307137

Opening angle per jaw ° 90.0Fully closed included per jaw up to ° 2.0Closing moment Nm [lbf ft] 15.08 [11.1]Closing moment secured by springs Nm [lbf ft] 2.9 [2.1]Weight kg [lbs] 0.56 [1.23]Recommended workpiece weight kg [lbs] 1.4 [3.09]Air consumption per double stroke cm3 [in3] 36.0 [2.20]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure bar [psi] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure bar [psi] 6.5 [94]Closing time s 0.6Opening time s 0.7Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 60.0 [2.362]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [lbs] 0.2 [0.44]IP rating 20Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194]Repeat accuracy mm [in] 0.1 [0.0039]

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

25_GWB_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:14 Uhr Seite 668

Page 112: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GWB 54Pneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Universal Grippers

669w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

The mounting kit consists of 2 mounting brackets, 2 intermediate sleeves and smallcomponents. The proximity switches must be ordered separately.Designation IDHG-GWB 54-80 0300742

The direct connection supplies pressure to the gripper without a failure-prone hosesystem. Instead, the pressure medium is guided through holes in the mounting plate.

� Adapter Gripper

Main views

The illustration shows the gripper in the basic version with closed jaws, withouttaking into account the measurements of the optional extras described below.

A,a Main connection, direct connection – Open gripperB,b Main connection, direct connection – Close gripper� Gripper connection� Finger connection

Mounting kit for proximity switch M8/M12

J As an alternative to or in addition to the spring-mounted, mechanical grippingforce safety device, the pressure maintenance valve SDV-P can also be used forI.D. or O.D. gripping (see the “Accessories” catalog section).

Hose-free direct connection

25_GWB_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:14 Uhr Seite 669

Page 113: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GWB 54Pneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Universal Grippers

670 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Suggestion for connection dimensions – Gripper fingers

Finger design

You can find detailed information and components of the specified accessory in the “Accessories” catalog section.

25_GWB_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:14 Uhr Seite 670

Page 114: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GWB 54Pneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Universal Grippers

671w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J For the sensor cables, observe the minimum permitted bending radii. Generally, theseare 35 mm.

J Two sensors (NO contacts/S) are required per gripper as well as an optionalextension cable.

J Two sensors (NO contacts/S) are required per gripper as well as an optionalextension cable.

Extension cables for proximity switches/magnetic switchesDesignation IDGK 3-M8 0301622KV 10-M12 0301596KV 10-M8 0301496KV 20-M12 0301597KV 20-M8 0301497KV 3-M12 0301595KV 3-M8 0301495W 3-M12 0301503W 5-M12 0301507WK 3-M8 0301594WK 5-M8 0301502

End position monitoring: Inductive proximity switches, mounted with mountingkitDesignation ID Recommended productHG-GWB 54-80 0300742IN 120/S-M12 0301592IN 80/S-M12 0301578IN 80/S-M8 0301478 •IN-B 80/S-M8 0301477INK 120/S 0301562INK 80/S 0301550INK 80/SL 0301579

End position monitoring:Inductive proximity switches, for direct mountingDesignation ID Recommended productIN 40/S-M12 0301574IN 40/S-M8 0301474 •INK 40/S 0301555

Sensor systems

You can find detailed information and components of the specified accessory in the “Accessories” catalog section.

25_GWB_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:14 Uhr Seite 671

Page 115: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GWB 64Pneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Universal Grippers

672 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J The opening angle of the base jaw can be limited.

Technical data

Finger load

J Moments and forces apply per base jaw and mayoccur simultaneously. If the maximum permitted fingerweight is exceeded, it is imperative to throttle the airpressure so that the jaw movement occurs without anyhitting or bouncing. The tool life may be reduced.

Gripping force, O.D. gripping

0

200

400

600

800

1000

1200

1400

0 20 40 60 80 100

GWB 928/58 psi GWB 928/87 psi

[0] [0.787] [1.575] [2.362] [3.150] [3.937]

0

45

90

135

180

225

270

315

Mx max. 13.5 Nm [10.0 lbf ft]Mz max. 1.3 Nm [1.0 lbf ft]Fz max. 280.0 N [63 lbf]

Designation GWB 64ID 0307138

Opening angle per jaw ° 90.0Fully closed included per jaw up to ° 2.0Closing moment Nm [lbf ft] 27.45 [20]Closing moment secured by springs Nm [lbf ft] 5.2 [3.8]Weight kg [lbs] 0.85 [1.87]Recommended workpiece weight kg [lbs] 2.2 [4.85]Air consumption per double stroke cm3 [in3] 57.0 [3.48]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure bar [psi] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure bar [psi] 6.5 [94]Closing time s 0.6Opening time s 0.7Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 80.0 [3.150]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [lbs] 0.32 [0.71]IP rating 20Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194]Repeat accuracy mm [in] 0.1 [0.0039]

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

25_GWB_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:14 Uhr Seite 672

Page 116: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GWB 64Pneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Universal Grippers

673w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

The mounting kit consists of 2 mounting brackets, 2 intermediate sleeves and smallcomponents. The proximity switches must be ordered separately.Designation IDHG-GWB 54-80 0300742

The direct connection supplies pressure to the gripper without a failure-prone hosesystem. Instead, the pressure medium is guided through holes in the mounting plate.

� Adapter Gripper

Main views

The illustration shows the gripper in the basic version with closed jaws, withouttaking into account the measurements of the optional extras described below.

A,a Main connection, direct connection – Open gripperB,b Main connection, direct connection – Close gripper� Gripper connection� Finger connection

Mounting kit for proximity switch M8/M12

J As an alternative to or in addition to the spring-mounted, mechanical grippingforce safety device, the pressure maintenance valve SDV-P can also be used forI.D. or O.D. gripping (see the “Accessories” catalog section).

Hose-free direct connection

25_GWB_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:14 Uhr Seite 673

Page 117: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GWB 64Pneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Universal Grippers

674 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Suggestion for connection dimensions – Gripper fingers

Finger design

You can find detailed information and components of the specified accessory in the “Accessories” catalog section.

25_GWB_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:14 Uhr Seite 674

Page 118: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GWB 64Pneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Universal Grippers

675w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J For the sensor cables, observe the minimum permitted bending radii. Generally, theseare 35 mm.

J Two sensors (NO contacts/S) are required per gripper as well as an optionalextension cable.

J Two sensors (NO contacts/S) are required per gripper as well as an optionalextension cable.

Extension cables for proximity switches/magnetic switchesDesignation IDGK 3-M8 0301622KV 10-M12 0301596KV 10-M8 0301496KV 20-M12 0301597KV 20-M8 0301497KV 3-M12 0301595KV 3-M8 0301495W 3-M12 0301503W 5-M12 0301507WK 3-M8 0301594WK 5-M8 0301502

End position monitoring: Inductive proximity switches, mounted with mountingkitDesignation ID Recommended productHG-GWB 54-80 0300742IN 120/S-M12 0301592IN 80/S-M12 0301578IN 80/S-M8 0301478 •IN-B 80/S-M8 0301477INK 120/S 0301562INK 80/S 0301550INK 80/SL 0301579

End position monitoring:Inductive proximity switches, for direct mountingDesignation ID Recommended productIN 40/S-M12 0301574IN 40/S-M8 0301474 •INK 40/S 0301555

Sensor systems

You can find detailed information and components of the specified accessory in the “Accessories” catalog section.

25_GWB_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:14 Uhr Seite 675

Page 119: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GWB 80Pneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Universal Grippers

676 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J The opening angle of the base jaw can be limited.

Technical data

Finger load

J Moments and forces apply per base jaw and mayoccur simultaneously. If the maximum permitted fingerweight is exceeded, it is imperative to throttle the airpressure so that the jaw movement occurs without anyhitting or bouncing. The tool life may be reduced.

Gripping force, O.D. gripping

0

400

800

1200

1600

2000

2400

0 30 60 90 120

GWB 1160/58 psi GWB 1160/87 psi

[0] [1.181] [2.362] [3.543] [4.724]

0

90

180

270

360

450

540

Mx max. 17.5 Nm [12.9 lbf ft]Mz max. 1.6 Nm [1.2 lbf ft]Fz max. 400.0 N [90 lbf]

Designation GWB 80ID 0307139

Opening angle per jaw ° 90.0Fully closed included per jaw up to ° 2.0Closing moment Nm [lbf ft] 50.0 [37]Closing moment secured by springs Nm [lbf ft] 10.5 [7.7]Weight kg [lbs] 1.6 [3.53]Recommended workpiece weight kg [lbs] 2.7 [5.95]Air consumption per double stroke cm3 [in3] 110.0 [6.71]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure bar [psi] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure bar [psi] 6.5 [94]Closing time s 0.7Opening time s 0.8Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 100.0 [3.937]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [lbs] 0.6 [1.32]IP rating 20Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194]Repeat accuracy mm [in] 0.1 [0.0039]

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

25_GWB_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:15 Uhr Seite 676

Page 120: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GWB 80Pneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Universal Grippers

677w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

The mounting kit consists of 2 mounting brackets, 2 intermediate sleeves and smallcomponents. The proximity switches must be ordered separately.Designation IDHG-GWB 54-80 0300742

The direct connection supplies pressure to the gripper without a failure-prone hosesystem. Instead, the pressure medium is guided through holes in the mounting plate.

� Adapter Gripper

Main views

The illustration shows the gripper in the basic version with closed jaws, withouttaking into account the measurements of the optional extras described below.

A,a Main connection, direct connection – Open gripperB,b Main connection, direct connection – Close gripper� Gripper connection� Finger connection

Mounting kit for proximity switch M8/M12

J As an alternative to or in addition to the spring-mounted, mechanical grippingforce safety device, the pressure maintenance valve SDV-P can also be used forI.D. or O.D. gripping (see the “Accessories” catalog section).

Hose-free direct connection

25_GWB_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:15 Uhr Seite 677

Page 121: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GWB 80Pneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Universal Grippers

678 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Suggestion for connection dimensions – Gripper fingers

Finger design

You can find detailed information and components of the specified accessory in the “Accessories” catalog section.

25_GWB_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:15 Uhr Seite 678

Page 122: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GWB 80Pneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Universal Grippers

679w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J For the sensor cables, observe the minimum permitted bending radii. Generally, theseare 35 mm.

J Two sensors (NO contacts/S) are required per gripper as well as an optionalextension cable.

J Two sensors (NO contacts/S) are required per gripper as well as an optionalextension cable.

Extension cables for proximity switches/magnetic switchesDesignation IDGK 3-M8 0301622KV 10-M12 0301596KV 10-M8 0301496KV 20-M12 0301597KV 20-M8 0301497KV 3-M12 0301595KV 3-M8 0301495W 3-M12 0301503W 5-M12 0301507WK 3-M8 0301594WK 5-M8 0301502

End position monitoring: Inductive proximity switches, mounted with mountingkitDesignation ID Recommended productHG-GWB 54-80 0300742IN 120/S-M12 0301592IN 80/S-M12 0301578IN 80/S-M8 0301478 •IN-B 80/S-M8 0301477INK 120/S 0301562INK 80/S 0301550INK 80/SL 0301579

End position monitoring:Inductive proximity switches, for direct mountingDesignation ID Recommended productIN 40/S-M12 0301574IN 40/S-M8 0301474 •INK 40/S 0301555

Sensor systems

You can find detailed information and components of the specified accessory in the “Accessories” catalog section.

25_GWB_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:15 Uhr Seite 679

Page 123: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GWB 100Pneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Universal Grippers

680 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J The opening angle of the base jaw can be limited.

Technical data

Finger load

J Moments and forces apply per base jaw and mayoccur simultaneously. If the maximum permitted fingerweight is exceeded, it is imperative to throttle the airpressure so that the jaw movement occurs without anyhitting or bouncing. The tool life may be reduced.

Gripping force, O.D. gripping

0

700

1400

2100

2800

3500

4200

0 30 60 90 120 150

GWB 1450/58 psi GWB 1450/87 psi

[0] [1.181] [2.362] [3.543] [4.724][5.906]

0

157

315

472

629

787

944

Mx max. 35.0 Nm [26 lbf ft]Mz max. 10.0 Nm [7.4 lbf ft]Fz max. 1200.0 N [270 lbf]

Designation GWB 100ID 0307140

Opening angle per jaw ° 90.0Fully closed included per jaw up to ° 2.0Closing moment Nm [lbf ft] 127.0 [94]Closing moment secured by springs Nm [lbf ft] 31.8 [23]Weight kg [lbs] 3.5 [7.72]Recommended workpiece weight kg [lbs] 6.0 [13.23]Air consumption per double stroke cm3 [in3] 217.0 [13.24]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure bar [psi] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure bar [psi] 6.5 [94]Closing time s 0.55Opening time s 0.7Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 125.0 [4.921]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [lbs] 1.2 [2.65]IP rating 20Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194]Repeat accuracy mm [in] 0.1 [0.0039]

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

25_GWB_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:15 Uhr Seite 680

Page 124: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GWB 100Pneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Universal Grippers

681w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Suggestion for connection dimensions – Gripper fingers

Main views

The illustration shows the gripper in the basic version with closed jaws, withouttaking into account the measurements of the optional extras described below.

A,a Main connection, direct connection – Open gripperB,b Main connection, direct connection – Close gripper� Gripper connection� Finger connection

J As an alternative to or in addition to the spring-mounted, mechanical grippingforce safety device, the pressure maintenance valve SDV-P can also be used forI.D. or O.D. gripping (see the “Accessories” catalog section).

Finger design

25_GWB_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:15 Uhr Seite 681

Page 125: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GWB 100Pneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Universal Grippers

682 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J For the sensor cables, observe the minimum permitted bending radii. Generally, theseare 35 mm.

J Two sensors (NO contacts/S) are required per gripper as well as an optionalextension cable.

Extension cables for proximity switches/magnetic switchesDesignation IDGK 3-M8 0301622KV 10-M12 0301596KV 10-M8 0301496KV 20-M12 0301597KV 20-M8 0301497KV 3-M12 0301595KV 3-M8 0301495W 3-M12 0301503W 5-M12 0301507WK 3-M8 0301594WK 5-M8 0301502

End position monitoring:Inductive proximity switches, for direct mountingDesignation ID Recommended productIN 80/S-M12 0301578IN 80/S-M8 0301478 •IN-B 80/S-M8 0301477INK 80/S 0301550

Sensor systems

You can find detailed information and components of the specified accessory in the “Accessories” catalog section.

25_GWB_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:15 Uhr Seite 682

Page 126: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GWB 100Pneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Universal Grippers

683w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

25_GWB_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:15 Uhr Seite 683

Page 127: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

DWGPneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Sealed Grippers

684 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Sizes44 .. 100

Weight0.5 kg .. 4.46 kg1.10 lbs .. 9.83 lbs

Gripping moment8 Nm .. 143 Nm5.9 lbf ft .. 105 lbf ft

Opening angle per finger10° .. 90°

Workpiece weight0.9 kg .. 6.0 kg1.98 lbs .. 13.23 lbs

Application example

Linear gripping unit for removingworkpieces from a pallet-loading station

DWG 100 2-Finger Angular Gripper PHE 100-80 Linear Unit

26_DWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:24 Uhr Seite 684

Page 128: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

DWGPneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Sealed Grippers

685w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Completely sealed gripper versionmaking it suitable for use in dirty environments

Air supply via hose-free direct connection or screwconnectionsfor the flexible supply of compressed air in all automation systems

Equipped with gripping force safety deviceensuring that the workpiece stays gripped in case of pressure loss

Opening angle adjustable from 20° to 180°for a varied range of applications

KinematicsToggle system for centric gripping with large opening and closing movements

Sealed 180° angular gripper for use in dirty environments

Sealed Radial Grippers

Area of applicationFor applications requiring a large opening range. Specially suitablefor use in dirty environments.

Your advantages and benefits

General information on the seriesWorking principleToggle drive system

Housing materialAluminum alloy, hard-anodized

Base jaw materialSteel

ActuationPneumatic, with filtered compressed air (10 μm): Dry, lubricated or non-lubricatedPressure medium: Required quality class of compressed air according to DIN ISO8573-1: Quality class 4

Warranty24 months

Scope of deliveryBrackets for proximity switches, centering sleeves, O-rings for direct connection, ventilation controls, assembly and operating manual with manufacturer’s declaration

26_DWG_USA.qxd 11.04.2008 14:53 Uhr Seite 685

Page 129: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

DWGPneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Sealed Grippers

686 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Base jawsfor the connection of workpiece-specific grip-per fingers

Kinematicstoggle system for centric gripping with largeopening and closing movements

Housingweight-reduced through the use of a hard-anodized, high-strength aluminum alloy

Centering and mounting possibilitiesfor universal gripper mount

The round piston is moved up or down by means of compressed air. The two pins ofthe toggle system are moved at the same time relative to the groove in the topjaws. When gripping, both pins achieve the greatest leverage.

Function description180° angular grippers (radial grippers) bring advantages by saving an additionalstroke movement. As each jaw swivels away by 90°, it is mostly out of the workarea, and one stroke movement to draw back the entire gripper can be eliminated.

Options and special information

Sectional diagram

26_DWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:24 Uhr Seite 686

Page 130: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

DWGPneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Sealed Grippers

687w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Gripping momentis the arithmetic total of gripping moments for each base jaw.

Finger lengthis measured from the upper edge of the gripper housing in the direction of the mainaxis. If the max. permitted finger length is exceeded, as with heavy fingers, thespeed of movement of the jaws must be restricted and/or the opening angle reduced. The service life of the gripper may be reduced.

Repeat accuracyis defined as the spread of the limit position after 100 consecutive strokes.

Workpiece weightThe recommended workpiece weight is calculated for a force-type connection with a coefficient of friction of 0.1 and a safety factor of 2 against slippage of the work-piece on acceleration due to gravity g. Considerably heavier workpiece weights arepermitted with form-fit gripping.

Closing and opening timesClosing and opening times are purely the times that the base jaws or fingers are inmotion. Valve switching times, hose filling times or PLC reaction times are not in-cluded in the above times and must be taken into consideration when determiningcycle times.

General information on the series

SCHUNK accessories – thesuitable complement for thehighest level of functionality,reliability and controlled pro-duction of all automationmodules.

Centering sleeves FittingsIN inductive proximityswitches

Quentes plastic inserts

HKI gripper pads V sensor distributors

SDV-P pressure maintenance valves

Accessories

W/WK/KV/GK sensor cables

J For the exact size of the required accessories, availability of this size and the designation and ID, please refer to the additional views at the end of the size in question. Youcan find more detailed information on our accessory range in the “Accessories” catalog section.

26_DWG_USA.qxd 11.04.2008 14:53 Uhr Seite 687

Page 131: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

DWG 44Pneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Sealed Grippers

688 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J The opening angle of the base jaws can be limited.

Technical data

Finger load

J Moments and forces apply per base jaw and may occursimultaneously. If the max. permitted finger weight isexceeded, it is imperative to throttle the air pressure sothat the jaw movement occurs without any hitting orbouncing. Service life may be reduced.

Gripping force, O.D. gripping

��

���

���

��

��

��� ����� ��� � � ������� ���� �� ������� ������ ��� ���

��� ��� ��� ��� �� ���

��

� �� �� � � �� �� �

Mx max. 6.2 Nm [4.6 lbf ft]Mz max. 0.5 Nm [0.369 lbf ft]Fz max. 100.0 N [22.5 lbf]

Description DWG 44ID 0307146

Opening angle per jaw ° 90.0Opening angle per jaw up to ° 2.0Closing moment Nm [lbf ft] 8.2 [6.0]Closing moment ensured by spring Nm [lbf ft] 1.8 [1.3]Weight kg [lbs] 0.5 [1.10]Recommended workpiece weight kg [lbs] 0.9 [1.98]Air consumption per double stroke cm3 [in3] 16.0 [0.98]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure bar [psi] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure bar [psi] 6.5 [94]Closing time s 0.4Opening time s 0.5Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 50.0 [1.969]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [lbs] 0.09 [0.20]IP class 67Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194]Repeat accuracy mm [in] 0.1 [0.0039]

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

26_DWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:25 Uhr Seite 688

Page 132: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

DWG 44Pneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Sealed Grippers

689w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

The mounting kit consists of 2 brackets, 2 intermediate sleeves and small components.The proximity switches must be ordered separately.Description IDHG-DWG 44-64 0300748

The direct connection is used for supplying compressed air to the gripper withoutvulnerable hoses. Instead, the pressure medium is fed through bore-holes in the mounting plate.

� Adapter Gripper

Main views

The drawing shows the gripper in the basic version with closed jaws, the dimensionsdo not include the options described below.

A,a Main/direct connection, gripper openingB,b Main/direct connection, gripper closing� Gripper connection� Finger connection�� Clamping reserve per finger�" Hose

Mounting kit for M8/M12 proximity switches

J The SDV-P pressure maintenance valve can also be used (see “Accessories” cata-log section) for I.D. or O.D. gripping as an alternative or in addition to the spring-loaded, mechanical gripping force safety device.

Hoseless direct connection

26_DWG_USA.qxd 11.04.2008 14:53 Uhr Seite 689

Page 133: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

DWG 44Pneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Sealed Grippers

690 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J Please note the minimum permitted bending radii for the sensor cables, which aregenerally 35 mm.

J Two sensors (NO contacts) are required for each gripper, plus extension cables as anoption.

J Two sensors (NO contacts) are required for each gripper, plus extension cables as anoption.

End position monitoring: Inductive proximity switches, mounted with mounting kitDescription ID Recommended productHG-DWG 44-64 0300748IN 120/S-M12 0301592IN 80/S-M12 0301578IN 80/S-M8 0301478 •IN-B 80/S-M8 0301477INK 120/S 0301562INK 80/S 0301550INK 80/SL 0301579

End position monitoring: Inductive proximity switches, for direct mountingDescription ID Recommended productIN 40/S-M12 0301574IN 40/S-M8 0301474 •INK 40/S 0301555

Sensor system

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

Extension cables for proximity switches/magnetic switchesDescription IDGK 3-M8 0301622KV 10-M12 0301596KV 10-M8 0301496KV 20-M12 0301597KV 20-M8 0301497KV 3-M12 0301595KV 3-M8 0301495W 3-M12 0301503W 5-M12 0301507WK 3-M8 0301594WK 5-M8 0301502

26_DWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:25 Uhr Seite 690

Page 134: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

DWG 44Pneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Sealed Grippers

691w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

26_DWG_USA.qxd 11.04.2008 14:53 Uhr Seite 691

Page 135: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

DWG 54Pneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Sealed Grippers

692 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J The opening angle of the base jaws can be limited.

Technical data

Finger load

J Moments and forces apply per base jaw and may occursimultaneously. If the max. permitted finger weight isexceeded, it is imperative to throttle the air pressure sothat the jaw movement occurs without any hitting orbouncing. Service life may be reduced.

Gripping force, O.D. gripping

���

���

��

��

���

���

��

� �� � �� ��

��� ���� ��� ��� ��� ���

��

��

���

��

��

��� ��� � � ���� �� ������ ������

Mx max. 10.0 Nm [7.4 lbf ft]Mz max. 1.0 Nm [0.7 lbf ft]Fz max. 180.0 N [40 lbf]

Description DWG 54ID 0307147

Opening angle per jaw ° 90.0Opening angle per jaw up to ° 2.0Closing moment Nm [lbf ft] 15.6 [11.5]Closing moment ensured by spring Nm [lbf ft] 2.8 [2.1]Weight kg [lbs] 0.77 [1.70]Recommended workpiece weight kg [lbs] 1.4 [3.09]Air consumption per double stroke cm3 [in3] 36.0 [2.20]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure bar [psi] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure bar [psi] 6.5 [94]Closing time s 0.4Opening time s 0.5Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 60.0 [2.362]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [lbs] 0.15 [0.33]IP class 67Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194]Repeat accuracy mm [in] 0.1 [0.0039]

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

26_DWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:25 Uhr Seite 692

Page 136: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

DWG 54Pneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Sealed Grippers

693w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

The mounting kit consists of 2 brackets, 2 intermediate sleeves and small components.The proximity switches must be ordered separately.Description IDHG-DWG 44-64 0300748

The direct connection is used for supplying compressed air to the gripper withoutvulnerable hoses. Instead, the pressure medium is fed through bore-holes in the mounting plate.

� Adapter Gripper

Main views

The drawing shows the gripper in the basic version with closed jaws, the dimensionsdo not include the options described below.

A,a Main/direct connection, gripper openingB,b Main/direct connection, gripper closing� Gripper connection� Finger connection�� Clamping reserve per finger�" Through-bore�" Hose

Mounting kit for M8/M12 proximity switches

J The SDV-P pressure maintenance valve can also be used (see “Accessories” cata-log section) for I.D. or O.D. gripping as an alternative or in addition to the spring-loaded, mechanical gripping force safety device.

Hoseless direct connection

26_DWG_USA.qxd 11.04.2008 14:53 Uhr Seite 693

Page 137: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

Extension cables for proximity switches/magnetic switchesDescription IDGK 3-M8 0301622KV 10-M12 0301596KV 10-M8 0301496KV 20-M12 0301597KV 20-M8 0301497KV 3-M12 0301595KV 3-M8 0301495W 3-M12 0301503W 5-M12 0301507WK 3-M8 0301594WK 5-M8 0301502

DWG 54Pneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Sealed Grippers

694 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J Two sensors (NO contacts) are required for each gripper, plus extension cables as anoption.

J Two sensors (NO contacts) are required for each gripper, plus extension cables as anoption.

End position monitoring: Inductive proximity switches, mounted with mounting kitDescription ID Recommended productHG-DWG 44-64 0300748IN 120/S-M12 0301592IN 80/S-M12 0301578IN 80/S-M8 0301478 •IN-B 80/S-M8 0301477INK 120/S 0301562INK 80/S 0301550INK 80/SL 0301579

End position monitoring: Inductive proximity switches, for direct mountingDescription ID Recommended productIN 40/S-M12 0301574IN 40/S-M8 0301474 •INK 40/S 0301555

Sensor system

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

J Please note the minimum permitted bending radii for the sensor cables, which aregenerally 35 mm.

26_DWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:25 Uhr Seite 694

Page 138: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

DWG 54Pneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Sealed Grippers

695w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

26_DWG_USA.qxd 11.04.2008 14:53 Uhr Seite 695

Page 139: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

DWG 64Pneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Sealed Grippers

696 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J The opening angle of the base jaws can be limited.

Technical data

Finger load

J Moments and forces apply per base jaw and may occursimultaneously. If the max. permitted finger weight isexceeded, it is imperative to throttle the air pressure sothat the jaw movement occurs without any hitting orbouncing. Service life may be reduced.

Gripping force, O.D. gripping

���

��

���

���

����

����

� �� � �� �� ���

��� ���� ��� ��� ��� ���

��

��

���

���

� �

��� � � ���� �� ������ ������ ��� ����

Mx max. 13.5 Nm [10.0 lbf ft]Mz max. 1.3 Nm [1.0 lbf ft]Fz max. 280.0 N [63 lbf]

Description DWG 64ID 0307148

Opening angle per jaw ° 90.0Opening angle per jaw up to ° 2.0Closing moment Nm [lbf ft] 31.5 [23]Closing moment ensured by spring Nm [lbf ft] 5.1 [3.8]Weight kg [lbs] 1.15 [2.54]Recommended workpiece weight kg [lbs] 2.2 [4.85]Air consumption per double stroke cm3 [in3] 57.0 [3.48]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure bar [psi] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure bar [psi] 6.5 [94]Closing time s 0.4Opening time s 0.5Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 80.0 [3.150]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [lbs] 0.26 [0.57]IP class 67Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194]Repeat accuracy mm [in] 0.1 [0.0039]

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

26_DWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:25 Uhr Seite 696

Page 140: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

DWG 64Pneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Sealed Grippers

697w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

The mounting kit consists of 2 brackets, 2 intermediate sleeves and small components.The proximity switches must be ordered separately.Description IDHG-DWG 44-64 0300748

The direct connection is used for supplying compressed air to the gripper withoutvulnerable hoses. Instead, the pressure medium is fed through bore-holes in the mounting plate.

� Adapter Gripper

Main views

The drawing shows the gripper in the basic version with closed jaws, the dimensionsdo not include the options described below.

A,a Main/direct connection, gripper openingB,b Main/direct connection, gripper closing� Gripper connection� Finger connection�� Clamping reserve per finger�" Through-bore�" Hose

Mounting kit for proximity switch

J The SDV-P pressure maintenance valve can also be used (see “Accessories” cata-log section) for I.D. or O.D. gripping as an alternative or in addition to the spring-loaded, mechanical gripping force safety device.

Hoseless direct connection

26_DWG_USA.qxd 11.04.2008 14:53 Uhr Seite 697

Page 141: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

DWG 64Pneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Sealed Grippers

698 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J Please note the minimum permitted bending radii for the sensor cables, which aregenerally 35 mm.

J Two sensors (NO contacts) are required for each gripper, plus extension cables as anoption.

J Two sensors (NO contacts) are required for each gripper, plus extension cables as anoption.

End position monitoring: Inductive proximity switches, mounted with mounting kitDescription ID Recommended productHG-DWG 44-64 0300748IN 120/S-M12 0301592IN 80/S-M12 0301578IN 80/S-M8 0301478 •IN-B 80/S-M8 0301477INK 120/S 0301562INK 80/S 0301550INK 80/SL 0301579

End position monitoring: Inductive proximity switches, for direct mountingDescription ID Recommended productIN 40/S-M12 0301574IN 40/S-M8 0301474 •INK 40/S 0301555

Sensor system

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories“ catalog section.

Extension cables for proximity switches/magnetic switchesDescription IDGK 3-M8 0301622KV 10-M12 0301596KV 10-M8 0301496KV 20-M12 0301597KV 20-M8 0301497KV 3-M12 0301595KV 3-M8 0301495W 3-M12 0301503W 5-M12 0301507WK 3-M8 0301594WK 5-M8 0301502

26_DWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:26 Uhr Seite 698

Page 142: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

DWG 64Pneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Sealed Grippers

699w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

26_DWG_USA.qxd 11.04.2008 14:53 Uhr Seite 699

Page 143: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

DWG 80Pneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Sealed Grippers

700 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J The opening angle of the base jaws can be limited.

Technical data

Finger load

J Moments and forces apply per base jaw and may occursimultaneously. If the max. permitted finger weight isexceeded, it is imperative to throttle the air pressure sothat the jaw movement occurs without any hitting orbouncing. Service life may be reduced.

Gripping force, O.D. gripping

��

���

���

����

����

����

� �� � �� �� ��� ���

��� ����� ��� ��� ���� ���

��

���

� �

��

��� ��� � ����� �� ������ ��������� ��� ��

Mx max. 17.5 Nm [12.9 lbf ft]Mz max. 1.6 Nm [1.2 lbf ft]Fz max. 400.0 N [90 lbf]

Description DWG 80ID 0307149

Opening angle per jaw ° 90.0Opening angle per jaw up to ° 2.0Closing moment Nm [lbf ft] 50.0 [37]Closing moment ensured by spring Nm [lbf ft] 8.1 [6.0]Weight kg [lbs] 2.0 [4.41]Recommended workpiece weight kg [lbs] 2.7 [5.95]Air consumption per double stroke cm3 [in3] 110.0 [6.71]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure bar [psi] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure bar [psi] 6.5 [94]Closing time s 0.5Opening time s 0.6Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 100.0 [3.937]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [lbs] 0.5 [1.10]IP class 67Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194]Repeat accuracy mm [in] 0.1 [0.0039]

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

26_DWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:26 Uhr Seite 700

Page 144: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

DWG 80Pneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Sealed Grippers

701w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

The mounting kit consists of 2 brackets, 2 intermediate sleeves and small components.The proximity switches must be ordered separately.Description IDHG-DWG 80 0300749

The direct connection is used for supplying compressed air to the gripper withoutvulnerable hoses. Instead, the pressure medium is fed through bore-holes in the mounting plate.

� Adapter Gripper

Main views

The drawing shows the gripper in the basic version with closed jaws, the dimensionsdo not include the options described below.

A,a Main/direct connection, gripper openingB,b Main/direct connection, gripper closing� Gripper connection� Finger connection�� Clamping reserve per finger�" Through-bore�" Hose

Mounting kit for M8/M12 proximity switches

J The SDV-P pressure maintenance valve can also be used (see “Accessories” cata-log section) for I.D. or O.D. gripping as an alternative or in addition to the spring-loaded, mechanical gripping force safety device.

Hoseless direct connection

26_DWG_USA.qxd 11.04.2008 14:53 Uhr Seite 701

Page 145: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

DWG 80Pneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Sealed Grippers

702 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J Please note the minimum permitted bending radii for the sensor cables, which aregenerally 35 mm.

J Two sensors (NO contacts) are required for each gripper, plus extension cables as anoption.

J Two sensors (NO contacts) are required for each gripper, plus extension cables as anoption.

End position monitoring: Inductive proximity switches, mounted with mounting kitDescription ID Recommended productHG-DWG 80 0300749IN 120/S-M12 0301592IN 80/S-M12 0301578IN 80/S-M8 0301478 •IN-B 80/S-M8 0301477INK 120/S 0301562INK 80/S 0301550INK 80/SL 0301579

End position monitoring: Inductive proximity switches, for direct mountingDescription ID Recommended productIN 40/S-M12 0301574IN 40/S-M8 0301474 •INK 40/S 0301555

Sensor system

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

Extension cables for proximity switches/magnetic switchesDescription IDGK 3-M8 0301622KV 10-M12 0301596KV 10-M8 0301496KV 20-M12 0301597KV 20-M8 0301497KV 3-M12 0301595KV 3-M8 0301495W 3-M12 0301503W 5-M12 0301507WK 3-M8 0301594WK 5-M8 0301502

26_DWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:26 Uhr Seite 702

Page 146: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

DWG 80Pneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Sealed Grippers

703w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

26_DWG_USA.qxd 11.04.2008 14:53 Uhr Seite 703

Page 147: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

DWG 100Pneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Sealed Grippers

704 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J The opening angle of the base jaws can be limited.

Technical data

Finger load

J Moments and forces apply per base jaw and may occursimultaneously. If the max. permitted finger weight isexceeded, it is imperative to throttle the air pressure so that the jaw movement occurs without any hitting orbouncing. Service life may be reduced.

Gripping force, O.D. gripping

����

����

���

���

� � �� �� ��� ���

��� ��������� ��� ����� ���

���

��

���

��� ������� ������ ���� �� �� �������

Mx max. 35.0 Nm [26 lbf ft]Mz max. 10.0 Nm [7.4 lbf ft]Fz max. 1200.0 N [270 lbf]

Description DWG 100ID 0307150

Opening angle per jaw ° 90.0Opening angle per jaw up to ° 2.0Closing moment Nm [lbf ft] 143.0 [105]Closing moment ensured by spring Nm [lbf ft] 30.0 [22]Weight kg [lbs] 4.46 [9.83]Recommended workpiece weight kg [lbs] 6.0 [13.23]Air consumption per double stroke cm3 [in3] 217.0 [13.24]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure bar [psi] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure bar [psi] 6.5 [94]Closing time s 0.3Opening time s 0.6Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 125.0 [4.921]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [lbs] 1.0 [2.20]IP class 67Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194]Repeat accuracy mm [in] 0.1 [0.0039]

Gripping force, O.D. grippingGripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

26_DWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:26 Uhr Seite 704

Page 148: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

DWG 100Pneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Sealed Grippers

705w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Main views

The drawing shows the gripper in the basic version with closed jaws, the dimensionsdo not include the options described below.

A,a Main/direct connection, gripper openingB,b Main/direct connection, gripper closing� Gripper connection� Finger connection�� Clamping reserve per finger�" Through-bore�" Hose

J The SDV-P pressure maintenance valve can also be used (see “Accessories” cata-log section) for I.D. or O.D. gripping as an alternative or in addition to the spring-loaded, mechanical gripping force safety device.

26_DWG_USA.qxd 11.04.2008 14:53 Uhr Seite 705

Page 149: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

DWG 100Pneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Sealed Grippers

706 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J Please note the minimum permitted bending radii for the sensor cables, which aregenerally 35 mm.

J Two sensors (NO contacts) are required for each gripper, plus extension cables as anoption.

End position monitoring: Inductive proximity switches, for direct mountingDescription ID Recommended productIN 80/S-M12 0301578IN 80/S-M8 0301478 •IN-B 80/S-M8 0301477INK 80/S 0301550

Sensor system

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

Extension cables for proximity switches/magnetic switchesDescription IDGK 3-M8 0301622KV 10-M12 0301596KV 10-M8 0301496KV 20-M12 0301597KV 20-M8 0301497KV 3-M12 0301595KV 3-M8 0301495W 3-M12 0301503W 5-M12 0301507WK 3-M8 0301594WK 5-M8 0301502

26_DWG_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:26 Uhr Seite 706

Page 150: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

DWG 100Pneumatic · 2-Finger Radial Grippers · Sealed Grippers

707w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

26_DWG_USA.qxd 11.04.2008 14:53 Uhr Seite 707

Page 151: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

Pneumatic Modular Gripping System

Kapitel_Modular Gripping.qxd 10.04.2008 14:34 Uhr Seite 708

Page 152: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

Pneumatic Modular Gripping System

709w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

MO

DULA

R G

RIPP

ING

SYS

TEM

Series Size Page

KONEX

KONEX 710

KONEX P 50 714

KONEX S 50 718

KONEX H 50 722

Kapitel_Modular Gripping.qxd 10.04.2008 14:35 Uhr Seite 709

Page 153: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

KONEXPneumatic · Modular Gripping System · KONEX

710 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Gripping force100 N22.5 lbf

Torque0.9 Nm0.664 lbf ft

Piston force (extended)250 N56 lbf

Application example

KONEX weight-reduced, modular grippingsystem for economical automation inassembly and production

KONEX P 50 2-Finger Parallel Gripper

KONEX V 55 Connector

KONEX S 50 Rotary Unit

KONEX V 50 Connector

KONEX H 50 Linear Unit

27_KONEX_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:41 Uhr Seite 710

Page 154: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

KONEXPneumatic · Modular Gripping System · KONEX

711w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Low-price gripping systemcomprising rotary unit, linear unit and parallel gripper

Complete series weight-reduced through the use of a high-performance polymermaking the modules extremely light and free from corrosion

Simple connection of the various components usingsnap-on connectorsenabling easy, fast assembly of modules

Weight-reduced, low-price gripping system consisting of a linearunit, a gripper and a rotary unit connected with snap-on connectors,so that the modules do not need to be screwed in place

Modular Gripping System

Area of applicationSuitable for clean environments and light loads

Your advantages and benefits

Information about the seriesWorking principlePneumatic piston drive, with transmission to a pinion in the case of the rotary unit

Housing materialHigh-performance polymer

ActuationPneumatic, with filtered compressed air (10 μm): Dry, lubricated or non-lubricatedPressure medium: Required quality class of compressed air according to DIN ISO8573-1: Quality class 4

Warranty24 months

Scope of deliveryBrackets for proximity switches (gripper only), assembly and operating manual with manufacturer’s declaration

27_KONEX_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:41 Uhr Seite 711

Page 155: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

KONEXPneumatic · Modular Gripping System · KONEX

712 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

V 50 Connectorfor connecting linear units and rotary units inany direction, attachable at 90° intervals

KONEX Hweight-reduced Linear Unit

KONEX Sweight-reduced Rotary Unit

V 55 Connectorfor connecting a Rotary Unit, or a Linear Unit,to a gripper, attachable at 90° intervals

KONEX Pweight-reduced Parallel Gripper

The KONEX series works with pneumatics. The gripper functions by means of apneumatic piston, the rotary unit on the basis of a double-piston rack and pinionprinciple and the linear unit through the direct connection of the lifting plate to thepiston rod.

Function descriptionThanks to the snap-on connectors, the individual modules are mounted withinseconds.

Options and special information

27_KONEX_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:41 Uhr Seite 712

Page 156: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

KONEXPneumatic · Modular Gripping System · KONEX

713w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Gripping forceis the arithmetic total of the gripping force applied to each base jaw at distance P(see illustration), measured from the upper edge of the gripper.

Finger lengthis measured from the upper edge of the gripper housing in the direction of the mainaxis.

Repeat accuracyis defined as the spread of the limit position after 100 consecutive strokes.

V 50 and V 55 connectorsThe linear unit is connected to the rotary unit via the V 50 connector. The gripper canbe secured to the linear unit or rotary unit via the V 55 connector.

Closing and opening timesClosing and opening times are purely the times that the base jaws or fingers are inmotion. Valve switching times, hose filling times or PLC reaction times are notincluded in the above times and must be taken into consideration when determiningcycle times.

General information on the series

SCHUNK accessories – thesuitable complement for thehighest level of functionality,reliability and controlled pro-duction of all automationmodules.

Centering sleeves Fittings MMS magnetic switchIN inductive proximityswitches

Quentes plastic inserts

HKI gripper pads V sensor distributors

SDV-P pressure maintenance valves Connector

Accessories

W/WK/KV/GK sensor cables

J For the exact size of the required accessories, availability of this size and the designation and ID, please refer to the additional views at the end of the size in question. Youcan find more detailed information on our accessory range in the “Accessories” catalog section.

27_KONEX_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:41 Uhr Seite 713

Page 157: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

KONEX P 50Pneumatic · Modular Gripping System · KONEX

714 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Technical data

Finger load

J Moments and forces apply per base jaw and may occursimultaneously. My may arise in addition to the momentgenerated by the gripping force itself. If the max. per-mitted finger weight is exceeded, it is imperative tothrottle the air pressure so that the jaw movement occurswithout any hitting or bouncing. Service life may be reduced.

Gripping force, I.D. gripping

Gripping force, O.D. gripping

40

60

80

100

120

0 10 20 30 40 50

KONEX P 50

9

13

18

22

27

[0] [0.394] [0.787] [1.181] [1.575] [1.969]

0

40

80

120

0 10 20 30 40 50

KONEX P 50

0

9

18

27

[0] [0.394] [0.787] [1.181] [1.575] [1.969]

Mx max. 0.25 Nm [0.184 lbf ft]My max. 0.32 Nm [0.236 lbf ft]Mz max. 0.9 Nm [0.664 lbf ft]Fz max. 35.0 N [7.9 lbf]

Description Konex P 50ID 0305550

Stroke per finger mm [in] 5.0 [0.197]Closing force N [lbf] 85.0 [19.1]Opening force N [lbf] 100.0 [22.5]Weight kg [lbs] 0.15 [0.33]Recommended workpiece weight kg [lbs] 0.2 [0.44]Air consumption per double stroke cm3 [in3] 5.2 [0.32]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure bar [psi] 2.5 [36]Maximum pressure bar [psi] 6.5 [94]Closing time s 0.03Opening time s 0.025Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 50.0 [1.969]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [lbs] 0.05 [0.11]IP class 30Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] 5.0 [41]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 60.0 [140]Repeat accuracy mm [in] 0.05 [0.0020]

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

27_KONEX_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:41 Uhr Seite 714

Page 158: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

KONEX P 50Pneumatic · Modular Gripping System · KONEX

715w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

For mounting the KONEX P 50 gripper with the V 55 connecting element

Connecting element between gripper and linear unit or rotary unit

�" Slot for disassembly tool�# Slot for air hose Ø4

Main views

The drawing shows the unit in the basic version, the dimensions do not include theoption described below.

A,a Main/direct connection, gripper openingB,b Main/direct connection, gripper closing� Gripper connection� Finger connection�# Undercut for snap-on connection

Adapter plate

J The SDV-P pressure maintenance valve can be used to hold the position upon aloss of pressure (see “Accessories” catalog section).

KONEX V 55 connecting element

27_KONEX_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:42 Uhr Seite 715

Page 159: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

KONEX P 50Pneumatic · Modular Gripping System · KONEX

716 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J Please note the minimum permitted bending radii for the sensor cables, which aregenerally 35 mm.

J Two sensors (NO contacts) are required for each gripper, plus extension cables as anoption.

End position monitoring: Inductive proximity switches, for direct mountingDescription ID Recommended productIN 40/S-M12 0301574IN 40/S-M8 0301474 •INK 40/S 0301555

Sensor system

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

Extension cables for proximity switches/magnetic switchesDescription IDGK 3-M8 0301622KV 10-M12 0301596KV 10-M8 0301496KV 20-M12 0301597KV 20-M8 0301497KV 3-M12 0301595KV 3-M8 0301495W 3-M12 0301503W 5-M12 0301507WK 3-M8 0301594WK 5-M8 0301502

27_KONEX_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:42 Uhr Seite 716

Page 160: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

KONEX P 50Pneumatic · Modular Gripping System · KONEX

717w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

27_KONEX_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:42 Uhr Seite 717

Page 161: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

KONEX S 50Pneumatic · Modular Gripping System · KONEX

718 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Technical Data

Pinion load

J The moment and force acting on the pinion may occursimultaneously.

My max. 10.4 Nm [7.7 lbf ft]Fz max. 800.0 N [180 lbf]

Description Konex S 50ID 0305450

Torque Nm [lbf ft] 0.9 [0.664]Rotating angle ° 180.0Adjustability of end positions ° 2.0Weight kg [lbs] 0.53 [1.17]IP class 40Max. permitted axial bearing load N [lbf] 800.0 [180]Max. permitted radial bearing load Nm [lbf ft] 10.4 [7.7]Cycle time (1x nominal angle of rotation) without attached load s 0.35Air consumption per cycle cm3 [in3] 10.5 [0.64]Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] 5.0 [41]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 60.0 [140]Nominal operating pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87]Min. required operating pressure bar [psi] 2.0 [29]Max. permitted operating pressure bar [psi] 6.5 [94]Repeat accuracy ° 0.2

27_KONEX_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:42 Uhr Seite 718

Page 162: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

KONEX S 50Pneumatic · Modular Gripping System · KONEX

719w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

For connecting any modules you require to the linear unit or rotary unit with the V 50connecting element.

Connecting element between linear unit and rotary unit

�" Slot for disassembly tool�# Slot for air hose Ø4

Main views

The drawing shows the unit in the basic version, the dimensions do not include theoption described below.

A,a Main/direct connection, clockwise rotary unitB,b Main/direct connection, anti-clockwise rotary unit� Rotary unit connection� Connection of the unit�# Undercut for snap-on connection

Adapter plate

J The SDV-P pressure maintenance valve can be used to hold the position upon aloss of pressure (see “Accessories” catalog section).

KONEX V 50 connecting element

27_KONEX_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:42 Uhr Seite 719

Page 163: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

KONEX S 50Pneumatic · Modular Gripping System · KONEX

720 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

For connecting any modules you require to the linear unit or rotary unit with the V 55connecting element.

�" Slot for disassembly tool�# Slot for air hose Ø4

Connecting element between gripper and linear unit or rotary unit

KONEX V 55 connecting element Adapter plate

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

27_KONEX_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:42 Uhr Seite 720

Page 164: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

KONEX S 50Pneumatic · Modular Gripping System · KONEX

721w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J Please note the minimum permitted bending radii for the sensor cables, which aregenerally 35 mm.

J Two sensors (NO contacts) are required for each unit.

End position monitoring:Electronic solenoid magnetic switches, for mounting in C-slotDescription ID Recommended productMMS 30-S-M12-PNP 0301571MMS 30-S-M8-PNP 0301471 •MMSK 30-S-PNP 0301563

Sensor system

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

Extension cables for proximity switches/magnetic switchesDescription IDGK 3-M8 0301622KV 10-M12 0301596KV 10-M8 0301496KV 20-M12 0301597KV 20-M8 0301497KV 3-M12 0301595KV 3-M8 0301495WK 3-M8 0301594WK 5-M8 0301502

27_KONEX_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:42 Uhr Seite 721

Page 165: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

KONEX H 50Pneumatic · Modular Gripping System · KONEX

722 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Technical data

Moment load

J The loading forces and moments may occursimultaneously.

Mx max. 3.0 Nm [2.2 lbf ft]Mz (retracted) max. 5.0 Nm [3.7 lbf ft]

Description Konex H 50ID 0305350

Extension force N [lbf] 250.0 [56]Retraction force N [lbf] 180.0 [40]Stroke mm [in] 60.0 [2.362]Weight kg [lbs] 0.45 [0.99]Max. permitted torsional moment (extended) Nm [lbf ft] 2.0 [1.5]Air consumption per double stroke cm3 [in3] 54.0 [3.30]Nominal operating pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87]Max. permitted operating pressure bar [psi] 6.5 [94]Stroke time (extended) s 0.07IP class 42Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] 5.0 [41]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 60.0 [140]Repeat accuracy mm [in] 0.2 [0.0079]

27_KONEX_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:42 Uhr Seite 722

Page 166: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

KONEX H 50Pneumatic · Modular Gripping System · KONEX

723w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

For connecting any modules you require to the linear unit or rotary unit with the V 50connecting element.

Connecting element between linear unit and rotary unit

�" Slot for disassembly tool�# Slot for air hose Ø4

Main views

The drawing shows the unit in the basic version, the dimensions do not include theoption described below.

A,a Main/direct connection, extend linear unitB,b Main/direct connection, retract linear unit� Linear unit connection� Connection of the unit�! Fastening groove for T-nuts�# Undercut for snap-on connection

Adapter plate

J The SDV-P pressure maintenance valve can be used to hold the position upon aloss of pressure (see “Accessories” catalog section).

KONEX V 50 connecting element

27_KONEX_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:42 Uhr Seite 723

Page 167: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

KONEX H 50Pneumatic · Modular Gripping System · KONEX

724 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

The drawing shows the center of rotation on which the leverage is based for the purposeof the bending moment calculation.

For connecting any modules you require to the linear unit or rotary unit with the V 55connecting element.

�" Slot for disassembly tool�# Slot for air hose Ø4

Connecting element between gripper and linear unit or rotary unit

KONEX V 55 connecting element Adapter plate

Bending moment

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

27_KONEX_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:42 Uhr Seite 724

Page 168: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

KONEX H 50Pneumatic · Modular Gripping System · KONEX

725w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J Please note the minimum permitted bending radii for the sensor cables, which aregenerally 35 mm.

J Two sensors (NO contacts) are required for each unit.

End position monitoring: Electronic magnetic switches, for direct mountingDescription ID Recommended productMMS 30-S-M12-PNP 0301571MMS 30-S-M8-PNP 0301471 •MMSK 30-S-PNP 0301563

Sensor system

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

Extension cables for proximity switches/magnetic switchesDescription IDGK 3-M8 0301622KV 10-M12 0301596KV 10-M8 0301496KV 20-M12 0301597KV 20-M8 0301497KV 3-M12 0301595KV 3-M8 0301495WK 3-M8 0301594WK 5-M8 0301502

27_KONEX_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:42 Uhr Seite 725

Page 169: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

Pneumatic Grippers Swivel Modules

Kapitel_Rotary Gripping.qxd 10.04.2008 14:46 Uhr Seite 726

Page 170: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

Pneumatic Grippers Swivel Modules

727w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

ROTA

RY G

RIPP

ERS

MO

DULE

S Series Size Page

GSM 728

Parallel Grippers

GSM-P 730

GSM-P 32 734

GSM-P 40 740

GSM-P 50 746

GSM-P 64 752

Centric Grippers

GSM-Z 758

GSM-Z 30 762

GSM-Z 38 768

GSM-Z 45 774

Kapitel_Rotary Gripping.qxd 10.04.2008 14:46 Uhr Seite 727

Page 171: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

728 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

GSMPneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Parallel Grippers

Type

Gripper type

Size

Gripping force safety device

End position damping

Swivel angle

Modular Design

Versions of the series

32 40 50 64 30 38 45

P Z

{} AS ISwithout O.D. clamping I.D. clamping

90° 180°

GSM

E SElastomer damping Hydraulic shock absorbers

28_GSM-P_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:53 Uhr Seite 728

Page 172: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

729w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

GSMPneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Parallel Grippers

How to order

Swivel angle

End position damping

Gripping force safety device

Size

Gripper type

Type

P 32 AS E

90° / 180°

E = with Elastomer dampingS = with Hydraulic shock absorbers

30 / 32 / 38 /40 / 45 / 50 / 64

P = Parallel gripperZ = Centric gipper

GSM – – –

Rotary Gripper Module

-3°

180°

183°

177°

start a

ngle end angle

Swivel rangeAdjustment range of start angleAdjustment range of end angleSwitching range of sensor

-3°

3°startangle

end angle

90° 93°87°

Swivel rangeAdjustment range of start angleAdjustment range of end angleSwitching range of sensor

• in the case of 90° units • in the case of 180° units

End stop adjustability and switching angle of sensor

without / O.D. clamping / I.D. clamping

090–

28_GSM-P_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:53 Uhr Seite 729

Page 173: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-PPneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Parallel Grippers

730 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Sizes20 .. 64

Weight0.13 kg .. 1.51 kg0.29 lbs .. 3.33 lbs

Gripping force28 N .. 270 N6.3 lbf .. 61 lbf

Stroke per finger2.0 mm .. 10.0 mm0.079 in .. 0.394 in

Torque0.05 Nm .. 2.7 Nm0.037 lbf ft .. 2.0 lbf ft

Application example

The three-axis boom (X-Y-Z) with rotary gripping combination is employed toinsert various products individually in outer packaging whilst rotating them ifnecessary.

GSM-P 32-E Rotary Gripper Module

MLD 100 Linear Motor Drive

Support axis without drive

MLD 100K short-stroke moduleStroke 50 with reference switch

LIRAX-MLD 100 Linear Motor DriveStroke 300 with measuring system

28_GSM-P_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:54 Uhr Seite 730

Page 174: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-PPneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Parallel Grippers

731w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Compactas the rotary drive, end-position damping unit and gripper aremerged in one compact module

Powerfulthanks to optional hydraulic damping

Flexiblethrough several mounting options, infinitely adjustable rotatingangle and numerous product versions

Roller guidefor precise gripping through base jaw guide with minimum play

Controlled productionas moving cables and hoses are replaced by integrated feed-throughs

Mounting on three sides in three screw-on directionsfor universal and flexible assembly of the rotary gripper module

Air supply via hose-free direct connection or screwconnectionsfor the connection of exactly the right rotary gripper module in allautomation solutions

Comprehensive accessoriesthrough the use of existing gripper components

Compact rotary gripping combination, consisting of a powerful rotordrive, an end-position and damping device and a 2-finger parallelgripper.

Parallel Gripper Swivel Module

Area of applicationGripping and rotating combined in a single compact module, forautomated assembly in places with a restricted amount of availablespace.

Your advantages and benefits

Information about the seriesWorking principleCombined rotor and piston drive

Housing materialAluminum alloy, hard-anodized

Base jaw materialSteel

ActuationPneumatic, with filtered compressed air (10 μm): Dry, lubricated or non-lubricatedPressure medium: Required quality class of compressed air according to DIN ISO8573-1: Quality class 4

Warranty24 months

MaintenanceMaintenance-free up to 2 million strokes and 2 million swiveling movements

Scope of deliveryCentering sleeves, O-rings for direct connection, screws for attachment to the side,steel balls for adjusting the angle of rotation, assembly and operating manual withmanufacturer’s declaration

Gripping force safety devicewith either mechanical gripping force safety device or SDV-P pressure maintenancevalve

28_GSM-P_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:54 Uhr Seite 731

Page 175: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-PPneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Parallel Grippers

732 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Preset angle of rotationusing steel balls for any desired angle ofrotation

Drivedouble-acting piston drive system with wedge hook

Base jawsfor the connection of workpiece-specificgripper fingers

End-position damping assemblyfor end-position adjustment and damping

Rotoras a compact, powerful drive

Hydraulic shock absorberto increase the damping performance

As its non-centric rotor is subjected to compressed air, the drive rotates the integratedgripper module. The module itself is driven by its own piston. The piston movementis subsequently transformed into a synchronized gripping motion.

Function descriptionDespite the many options and versions already available as standard, SCHUNK also designs and produces customized versions on request.

Options and special information

Sectional diagram

28_GSM-P_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:54 Uhr Seite 732

Page 176: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-PPneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Parallel Grippers

733w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Gripping forceis the arithmetic total of the gripping force applied to each base jaw at distance P(see illustration), measured from the upper edge of the gripper.

Finger lengthis measured from the upper edge of the gripper housing in the direction of the mainaxis.

Repeat accuracyis defined as the spread of the limit position after 100 consecutive strokes or rotary cycles.

Workpiece weightThe recommended workpiece weight is calculated for a force-type connection with acoefficient of friction of 0.1 and a safety factor of 2 against

slippage of the workpiece on acceleration due to gravity g. Considerably heavierworkpiece weights are permitted with form-fit clamping.

Closing and opening times, cycle timesClosing and opening times are purely the times that the base jaws or fingers are inmotion. Cycle times are purely the times that the rotating part (mostly the pinion) isin motion. Valve switching times, hose filling times or PLC reaction times are notincluded in the above times and must be taken into consideration when determiningcycle times.

Mean attached loadThe mean attached load should constitute a typical load. It is defined as the half ofthe max. possible moment of inertia that can be swiveled without restriction, bouncing or hitting, with a centric load and a vertical rotating axis.

General information on the series

SCHUNK accessories – thesuitable complement for thehighest level of functionality,reliability and controlledproduction of all automationmodules.

Centering sleeves FittingsInductive proximityswitches

Quentes plastic inserts

HKI gripper pads V sensor distributors

SDV-P pressuremaintenance valves Finger blanks

Accessories

W/WK/KV/GK sensor cables

J For the exact size of the required accessories, availability of this size and the designation and ID, please refer to the additional views at the end of the size in question. Youcan find more detailed information on our accessory range in the “Accessories” catalog section.

28_GSM-P_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:55 Uhr Seite 733

Page 177: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-P 32Pneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Parallel Grippers

734 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J The rotary movement can only be monitored at rotating angles of 0° and 90°, angles between these cannot be monitored.

Technical Data 90° rotating angle

Finger load

J Moments and forces apply per base jaw and may occursimultaneously. My may arise in addition to the momentgenerated by the gripping force itself. If the max.permitted finger weight is exceeded, it is imperative tothrottle the air pressure so that the jaw movement occurswithout any hitting or bouncing. Service life may bereduced.

Gripping force, I.D. gripping

Gripping force, O.D. grippingMx max. 1.5 Nm [1.1 lbf ft]My max. 1.0 Nm [0.7 lbf ft]Fz max. 105.0 N [24 lbf]

Description GSM-P 32-E-090 GSM-P 32-S-090 GSM-P 32-AS-E-090 GSM-P 32-AS-S-090 GSM-P 32-IS-E-090 GSM-P 32-IS-S-090ID 0304630 0304730 0304631 0304731 0304632 0304732

Stroke per finger mm [in] 4.0 [0.157] 4.0 [0.157] 4.0 [0.157] 4.0 [0.157] 4.0 [0.157] 4.0 [0.157]Closing force N [lbf] 39.0 [8.8] 39.0 [8.8] 51.0 [11.5] 51.0 [11.5]Opening force N [lbf] 33.0 [7.4] 33.0 [7.4] 54.0 [12.1] 54.0 [12.1]Min. gripping force through spring N [lbf] 12.0 [2.7] 12.0 [2.7] 15.0 [3.4] 15.0 [3.4]Torque Nm [lbf ft] 0.35 [0.258] 0.35 [0.258] 0.35 [0.258] 0.35 [0.258] 0.35 [0.258] 0.35 [0.258]Rotating angle ° 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0Adjustability of end positions ° 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0Damping for rotation Elastomer damping hydr. shock absorbers Elastomer damping hydr. shock absorbers Elastomer damping hydr. shock absorbersRecommended workpiece weight kg [lbs] 0.2 [0.44] 0.2 [0.44] 0.2 [0.44] 0.2 [0.44] 0.2 [0.44] 0.2 [0.44]Air consumption for gripping cm3 [in3] 4.0 [0.24] 4.0 [0.24] 4.0 [0.24] 4.0 [0.24] 4.0 [0.24] 4.0 [0.24]Air consumption for swiveling cm3 [in3] 9.0 [0.55] 9.0 [0.55] 9.0 [0.55] 9.0 [0.55] 9.0 [0.55] 9.0 [0.55]Weight kg [lbs] 0.37 [0.82] 0.37 [0.82] 0.42 [0.93] 0.42 [0.93] 0.42 [0.93] 0.42 [0.93]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure for gripping bar [psi] 2.0 [29] 2.0 [29] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure for gripping bar [psi] 8.0 [116] 8.0 [116] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94]Minimum pressure for swiveling bar [psi] 3.5 [51] 3.5 [51] 3.5 [51] 3.5 [51] 3.5 [51] 3.5 [51]Maximum pressure for swiveling bar [psi] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94]Closing time for gripping s 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.04 0.04Opening time for gripping s 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03Swiveling time with middle attached load s 0.06 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 32.0 [1.260] 32.0 [1.260] 32.0 [1.260] 32.0 [1.260] 32.0 [1.260] 32.0 [1.260]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [lbs] 0.04 [0.09] 0.04 [0.09] 0.04 [0.09] 0.04 [0.09] 0.04 [0.09] 0.04 [0.09]IP class 30 30 30 30 30 30Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14] 5.0 [41] -10.0 [14] 5.0 [41] -10.0 [14] 5.0 [41]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194] 60.0 [140] 90.0 [194] 60.0 [140] 90.0 [194] 60.0 [140]Repeat accuracy for gripping mm [in] 0.02 [0.0008] 0.02 [0.0008] 0.02 [0.0008] 0.02 [0.0008] 0.02 [0.0008] 0.02 [0.0008]Repeat accuracy for swiveling ° 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

��

� � �� �� � � � �

����� � �� ��� ����� �� � �� ���

����� � �� ��� ����� �� � �� ���

��������������������������������������������������

����� ����������������� � ������������������ �����

������ � �� ��� ����� �� � �� ���

����� � � ��� ����� �� � � ���

28_GSM-P_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:55 Uhr Seite 734

Page 178: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-P 32Pneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Parallel Grippers

735w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J The rotary movement can only be monitored at rotating angles of 0° and 180°, angles between these cannot be monitored.

Technical Data 180° rotating angleDescription GSM-P 32-E-180 GSM-P 32-S-180 GSM-P 32-AS-E-180 GSM-P 32-AS-S-180 GSM-P 32-IS-E-180 GSM-P 32-IS-S-180

ID 0303830 0303930 0303831 0303931 0303832 0303932Stroke per finger mm [in] 4.0 [0.157] 4.0 [0.157] 4.0 [0.157] 4.0 [0.157] 4.0 [0.157] 4.0 [0.157]Closing force N [lbf] 39.0 [8.8] 39.0 [8.8] 51.0 [11.5] 51.0 [11.5]Opening force N [lbf] 33.0 [7.4] 33.0 [7.4] 54.0 [12.1] 54.0 [12.1]Min. gripping force through spring N [lbf] 12.0 [2.7] 12.0 [2.7] 15.0 [3.4] 15.0 [3.4]Torque Nm [lbf ft] 0.35 [0.258] 0.35 [0.258] 0.35 [0.258] 0.35 [0.258] 0.35 [0.258] 0.35 [0.258]Rotating angle ° 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0Adjustability of end positions ° 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0Damping for rotation Elastomer damping hydr. shock absorbers Elastomer damping hydr. shock absorbers Elastomer damping hydr. shock absorbersRecommended workpiece weight kg [lbs] 0.2 [0.44] 0.2 [0.44] 0.2 [0.44] 0.2 [0.44] 0.2 [0.44] 0.2 [0.44]Air consumption for gripping cm3 [in3] 4.0 [0.24] 4.0 [0.24] 4.0 [0.24] 4.0 [0.24] 4.0 [0.24] 4.0 [0.24]Air consumption for swiveling cm3 [in3] 15.0 [0.92] 15.0 [0.92] 15.0 [0.92] 15.0 [0.92] 15.0 [0.92] 15.0 [0.92]Weight kg [lbs] 0.37 [0.82] 0.37 [0.82] 0.42 [0.93] 0.42 [0.93] 0.42 [0.93] 0.42 [0.93]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure for gripping bar [psi] 2.0 [29] 2.0 [29] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure for gripping bar [psi] 8.0 [116] 8.0 [116] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94]Minimum pressure for swiveling bar [psi] 3.5 [51] 3.5 [51] 3.5 [51] 3.5 [51] 3.5 [51] 3.5 [51]Maximum pressure for swiveling bar [psi] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94]Closing time for gripping s 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.04 0.04Opening time for gripping s 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03Swiveling time with middle attached load s 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 32.0 [1.260] 32.0 [1.260] 32.0 [1.260] 32.0 [1.260] 32.0 [1.260] 32.0 [1.260]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [lbs] 0.04 [0.09] 0.04 [0.09] 0.04 [0.09] 0.04 [0.09] 0.04 [0.09] 0.04 [0.09]IP class 30 30 30 30 30 30Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14] 5.0 [41] -10.0 [14] 5.0 [41] -10.0 [14] 5.0 [41]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194] 60.0 [140] 90.0 [194] 60.0 [140] 90.0 [194] 60.0 [140]Repeat accuracy for gripping mm [in] 0.02 [0.0008] 0.02 [0.0008] 0.02 [0.0008] 0.02 [0.0008] 0.02 [0.0008] 0.02 [0.0008]Repeat accuracy for swiveling ° 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

28_GSM-P_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:55 Uhr Seite 735

Page 179: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-P 32Pneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Parallel Grippers

736 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

The mechanical gripping force safety device ensures a minimum gripping force even ifthere is a drop in pressure. This acts as closing force in the AS version, and as openingforce in the IS version. In addition, the gripping force safety device can also be employedas a gripping force booster or for single-acting gripping.

The direct connection is used for supplying compressed air to the gripper withoutvulnerable hoses. Instead, the pressure medium is fed through bore-holes in the mounting plate.

� Adapter Rotary gripper module

Main views

The drawing shows the gripper in the basic version with open jaws, the dimensionsdo not include the options described below.

A,a Main/direct connection, clockwise rotaryunit

B,b Main/direct connection, anti-clockwiserotary unit

C,c Main/direct connection, gripper openingD,d Main/direct connection, gripper closing

� Rotary unit connection� Finger connection�$ Monitoring of swiveling�� Interfering contour during swiveling�$ Sensor projection beyond housing

AS/IS gripping force safety device

J The SDV-P pressure maintenance valve can also be used (see “Accessories”catalog section) for I.D. or O.D. gripping as an alternative or in addition to thespring-loaded, mechanical gripping force safety device.

Hoseless direct connection

28_GSM-P_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:55 Uhr Seite 736

Page 180: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-P 32Pneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Parallel Grippers

737w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

The mounting kits for the 90° and 180° GSM versions are identical, only the mounting isdifferent. The mounting kit consists of 2 switch cams, 2 operating cams and smallcomponents. The proximity switches must be ordered separately.Description IDAS-GSM-P 32 0304934

The mounting kits for the 90° and 180° GSM versions are identical, only the mounting isdifferent. The mounting kit consists of 2 switch cams, 2 operating cams (only one needsto be fitted, see operating manual), 4 sensor brackets and small components. Theproximity switches must be ordered separately.Description IDAS-GSM-P 32 0304934

Finger blanks for customized subsequent machining, incl. screw connection diagramDescription Material Scope of delivery IDABR 32 Aluminum 2 0340212

Different dimensions in the shock absorber version

Shock absorber version Finger blanks

Mounting kit for proximity switches – angle of rotation 0° Mounting kit for proximity switches – angle of rotation 180°

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

28_GSM-P_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:55 Uhr Seite 737

Page 181: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-P 32Pneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Parallel Grippers

738 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J Please note the minimum permitted bending radii for the sensor cables, which aregenerally 35 mm.

J Four sensors (NO contacts) are required for each GSM, plus extension cables as anoption. The control determines the states of the rotary or gripping process by thelogical evaluation of the four sensor signals.Please note that when inductive proximity switches are used, the switching positionsare not adjustable.

Extension cables for proximity switches/magnetic switchesDescription IDGK 3-M5-PNP/NPN 0301652GK 3-M8 0301622KV 10-M12 0301596KV 10-M8 0301496KV 20-M12 0301597KV 20-M8 0301497KV 3-M12 0301595KV 3-M8 0301495W 3-M12 0301503W 3-M5-PNP/NPN 0301650W 5-M12 0301507WK 3-M8 0301594WK 3-M8 NPN 0301602WK 5-M8 0301502WK 5-M8 NPN 9641116

End position monitoring: Inductive proximity switches, mounted with mounting kitDescription ID Recommended productAS-GSM-P 32 0304934IN 40/S-M12 0301574IN 40/S-M8 0301474 •INK 40/S 0301555

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

28_GSM-P_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:55 Uhr Seite 738

Page 182: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-P 32Pneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Parallel Grippers

739w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

28_GSM-P_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:55 Uhr Seite 739

Page 183: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-P 40Pneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Parallel Grippers

740 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J The rotary movement can only be monitored at rotating angles of 0° and 90°, angles between these cannot be monitored.

Technical data 90° rotating angle

Finger load

J Moments and forces apply per base jaw and may occursimultaneously. My may arise in addition to the momentgenerated by the gripping force itself. If the max.permitted finger weight is exceeded, it is imperative tothrottle the air pressure so that the jaw movement occurswithout any hitting or bouncing. Service life may bereduced.

Gripping force, I.D. gripping

Gripping force, O.D. grippingMx max. 1.5 Nm [1.1 lbf ft]My max. 2.0 Nm [1.5 lbf ft]Fz max. 170.0 N [38 lbf]

Description GSM-P 40-E-090 GSM-P 40-S-090 GSM-P 40-AS-E-090 GSM-P 40-AS-S-090 GSM-P 40-IS-E-090 GSM-P 40-IS-S-090ID 0304640 0304740 0304641 0304741 0304642 0304742

Stroke per finger mm [in] 6.0 [0.236] 6.0 [0.236] 6.0 [0.236] 6.0 [0.236] 6.0 [0.236] 6.0 [0.236]Closing force N [lbf] 66.0 [14.8] 66.0 [14.8] 87.0 [19.6] 87.0 [19.6]Opening force N [lbf] 54.0 [12.1] 54.0 [12.1] 81.0 [18.2] 81.0 [18.2]Min. gripping force through spring N [lbf] 21.0 [4.7] 21.0 [4.7] 15.0 [3.4] 15.0 [3.4]Torque Nm [lbf ft] 0.3 [0.221] 0.3 [0.221] 0.3 [0.221] 0.3 [0.221] 0.3 [0.221] 0.3 [0.221]Rotating angle ° 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0Adjustability of end positions ° 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0Damping for rotation Elastomer damping hydr. shock absorbers Elastomer damping hydr. shock absorbers Elastomer damping hydr. shock absorbersRecommended workpiece weight kg [lbs] 0.33 [0.73] 0.33 [0.73] 0.33 [0.73] 0.33 [0.73] 0.33 [0.73] 0.33 [0.73]Air consumption for gripping cm3 [in3] 5.97 [0.36] 5.97 [0.36] 5.97 [0.36] 5.97 [0.36] 5.97 [0.36] 5.97 [0.36]Air consumption for swiveling cm3 [in3] 9.0 [0.55] 9.0 [0.55] 9.0 [0.55] 9.0 [0.55] 9.0 [0.55] 9.0 [0.55]Weight kg [lbs] 0.43 [0.95] 0.43 [0.95] 0.5 [1.10] 0.5 [1.10] 0.5 [1.10] 0.5 [1.10]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure for gripping bar [psi] 2.0 [29] 2.0 [29] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure for gripping bar [psi] 8.0 [116] 8.0 [116] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94]Minimum pressure for swiveling bar [psi] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure for swiveling bar [psi] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94]Closing time for gripping s 0.05 0.05 0.03 0.03 0.05 0.05Opening time for gripping s 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.03 0.03Swiveling time with middle attached load s 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 40.0 [1.575] 40.0 [1.575] 40.0 [1.575] 40.0 [1.575] 40.0 [1.575] 40.0 [1.575]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [lbs] 0.08 [0.18] 0.08 [0.18] 0.08 [0.18] 0.08 [0.18] 0.08 [0.18] 0.08 [0.18]IP class 30 30 30 30 30 30Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14] 5.0 [41] -10.0 [14] 5.0 [41] -10.0 [14] 5.0 [41]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194] 60.0 [140] 90.0 [194] 60.0 [140] 90.0 [194] 60.0 [140]Repeat accuracy for gripping mm [in] 0.02 [0.0008] 0.02 [0.0008] 0.02 [0.0008] 0.02 [0.0008] 0.02 [0.0008] 0.02 [0.0008]Repeat accuracy for swiveling ° 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

GSM-P 40 / 58 psi GSM-P 40 IS / 58 psi

GSM-P 40 / 87 psi GSM-P 40 IS / 87 psi

[0.394] [0.787] [1.181] [1.575][0]

0

9

18

27

0

9

18

27

[0.394] [0.787] [1.181] [1.575][0]

GSM-P 40 / 58 psi GSM-P 40 AS / 58 psi

GSM-P 40 / 87 psi GSM-P 40 AS / 87 psi

28_GSM-P_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:55 Uhr Seite 740

Page 184: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-P 40Pneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Parallel Grippers

741w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J The rotary movement can only be monitored at rotating angles 0° and 180°, angles between these cannot be monitored.

Technical data 180° rotating angleDescription GSM-P 40-E-180 GSM-P 40-S-180 GSM-P 40-AS-E-180 GSM-P 40-AS-S-180 GSM-P 40-IS-E-180 GSM-P 40-IS-S-180

ID 0303840 0303940 0303841 0303941 0303842 0303942Stroke per finger mm [in] 6.0 [0.236] 6.0 [0.236] 6.0 [0.236] 6.0 [0.236] 6.0 [0.236] 6.0 [0.236]Closing force N [lbf] 66.0 [14.8] 66.0 [14.8] 87.0 [19.6] 87.0 [19.6]Opening force N [lbf] 54.0 [12.1] 54.0 [12.1] 81.0 [18.2] 81.0 [18.2]Min. gripping force through spring N [lbf] 21.0 [4.7] 21.0 [4.7] 15.0 [3.4] 15.0 [3.4]Torque Nm [lbf ft] 0.3 [0.221] 0.3 [0.221] 0.3 [0.221] 0.3 [0.221] 0.3 [0.221] 0.3 [0.221]Rotating angle ° 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0Adjustability of end positions ° 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0Damping for rotation Elastomer damping hydr. shock absorbers Elastomer damping hydr. shock absorbers Elastomer damping hydr. shock absorbersRecommended workpiece weight kg [lbs] 0.33 [0.73] 0.33 [0.73] 0.33 [0.73] 0.33 [0.73] 0.33 [0.73] 0.33 [0.73]Air consumption for gripping cm3 [in3] 5.97 [0.36] 5.97 [0.36] 5.97 [0.36] 5.97 [0.36] 5.97 [0.36] 5.97 [0.36]Air consumption for swiveling cm3 [in3] 15.0 [0.92] 15.0 [0.92] 15.0 [0.92] 15.0 [0.92] 15.0 [0.92] 15.0 [0.92]Weight kg [lbs] 0.43 [0.95] 0.43 [0.95] 0.5 [1.10] 0.5 [1.10] 0.5 [1.10] 0.5 [1.10]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure for gripping bar [psi] 2.0 [29] 2.0 [29] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure for gripping bar [psi] 8.0 [116] 8.0 [116] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94]Minimum pressure for swiveling bar [psi] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure for swiveling bar [psi] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94]Closing time for gripping s 0.05 0.05 0.03 0.03 0.05 0.05Opening time for gripping s 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.03 0.03Swiveling time with middle attached load s 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.22Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 40.0 [1.575] 40.0 [1.575] 40.0 [1.575] 40.0 [1.575] 40.0 [1.575] 40.0 [1.575]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [lbs] 0.08 [0.18] 0.08 [0.18] 0.08 [0.18] 0.08 [0.18] 0.08 [0.18] 0.08 [0.18]IP class 30 30 30 30 30 30Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14] 5.0 [41] -10.0 [14] 5.0 [41] -10.0 [14] 5.0 [41]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194] 60.0 [140] 90.0 [194] 60.0 [140] 90.0 [194] 60.0 [140]Repeat accuracy for gripping mm [in] 0.02 [0.0008] 0.02 [0.0008] 0.02 [0.0008] 0.02 [0.0008] 0.02 [0.0008] 0.02 [0.0008]Repeat accuracy for swiveling ° 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

28_GSM-P_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:55 Uhr Seite 741

Page 185: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-P 40Pneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Parallel Grippers

742 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

The mechanical gripping force safety device ensures a minimum gripping force even ifthere is a drop in pressure. This acts as closing force in the AS version, and as openingforce in the IS version. In addition, the gripping force safety device can also be employedas a gripping force booster or for single-acting gripping.

The direct connection is used for supplying compressed air to the gripper withoutvulnerable hoses. Instead, the pressure medium is fed through bore-holes in themounting plate.

� Adapter Rotary gripper module

Main views

The drawing shows the gripper in the basic version with open jaws, the dimensionsdo not include the options described below.

A,a Main/direct connection, clockwise rotaryunit

B,b Main/direct connection, anti-clockwiserotary unit

C,c Main/direct connection, gripper openingD,d Main/direct connection, gripper closing

� Rotary unit connection� Finger connection�$ Monitoring of swiveling�� Interfering contour during swiveling�$ Sensor projection beyond housing

AS/IS gripping force safety device

J The SDV-P pressure maintenance valve can also be used (see “Accessories”catalog section) for I.D. or O.D. gripping as an alternative or in addition to thespring-loaded, mechanical gripping force safety device.

Hoseless direct connection

28_GSM-P_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:55 Uhr Seite 742

Page 186: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-P 40Pneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Parallel Grippers

743w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

The mounting kits for the 90° and 180° GSM versions are identical, only the mounting isdifferent. The mounting kit consists of 2 switch cams, 2 operating cams and smallcomponents. The proximity switches must be ordered separately.Description IDAS-GSM-P 40 0304935

The mounting kits for the 90° and 180° GSM versions are identical, only the mounting isdifferent. The mounting kit consists of 2 switch cams, 2 operating cams (only one needsto be fitted, see operating manual), 4 sensor brackets and small components. Theproximity switches must be ordered separately.Description IDAS-GSM-P 40 0304935

Finger blanks for customized subsequent machining, incl. screw connection diagramDescription Material Scope of delivery IDABR 40 Aluminum 2 0340213

Different dimensions in the shock absorber version

Shock absorber version Finger blanks

Mounting kit for proximity switches – angle of rotation 90° Mounting kit for proximity switches – angle of rotation 180°

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

28_GSM-P_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:55 Uhr Seite 743

Page 187: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-P 40Pneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Parallel Grippers

744 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J Please note the minimum permitted bending radii for the sensor cables, which aregenerally 35 mm.

J Four sensors (NO contacts) are required for each GSM, plus extension cables as anoption. The control determines the states of the rotary or gripping process by thelogical evaluation of the four sensor signals.Please note that when inductive proximity switches are used, the switching positionsare not adjustable.

Extension cables for proximity switches/magnetic switchesDescription IDGK 3-M5-PNP/NPN 0301652GK 3-M8 0301622KV 10-M12 0301596KV 10-M8 0301496KV 20-M12 0301597KV 20-M8 0301497KV 3-M12 0301595KV 3-M8 0301495W 3-M12 0301503W 3-M5-PNP/NPN 0301650W 5-M12 0301507WK 3-M8 0301594WK 3-M8 NPN 0301602WK 5-M8 0301502WK 5-M8 NPN 9641116

End position monitoring: Inductive proximity switches, mounted with mounting kitDescription ID Recommended productAS-GSM-P 40 0304935IN 40/S-M12 0301574IN 40/S-M8 0301474 •INK 40/S 0301555

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

28_GSM-P_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:55 Uhr Seite 744

Page 188: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-P 40Pneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Parallel Grippers

745w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

28_GSM-P_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:55 Uhr Seite 745

Page 189: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-P 50Pneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Parallel Grippers

746 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J The rotary movement can only be monitored at rotating angles of 0° and 90°, angles between these cannot be monitored.

Technical data 90° rotating angle

Finger load

J Moments and forces apply per base jaw and may occursimultaneously. My may arise in addition to the momentgenerated by the gripping force itself. If the max.permitted finger weight is exceeded, it is imperative tothrottle the air pressure so that the jaw movement occurswithout any hitting or bouncing. Service life may bereduced.

Gripping force, I.D. gripping

Gripping force, O.D. gripping

GSM-P 50 / 58 psi GSM-P 50 AS / 58 psi

GSM-P 50 / 87 psi GSM-P 50 AS / 87 psi

[0.394] [0.787] [1.181] [1.575] [1.969][0]

0

11

22

34

45

Mx max. 3.0 Nm [2.2 lbf ft]My max. 4.0 Nm [3.0 lbf ft]Fz max. 200.0 N [45 lbf]

Description GSM-P 50-E-090 GSM-P 50-S-090 GSM-P 50-AS-E-090 GSM-P 50-AS-S-090 GSM-P 50-IS-E-090 GSM-P 50-IS-S-090ID 0304650 0304750 0304651 0304751 0304652 0304752

Stroke per finger mm [in] 8.0 [0.315] 8.0 [0.315] 8.0 [0.315] 8.0 [0.315] 8.0 [0.315] 8.0 [0.315]Closing force N [lbf] 105.0 [24] 105.0 [24] 135.0 [30] 135.0 [30]Opening force N [lbf] 93.0 [20.9] 93.0 [20.9] 126.0 [28] 126.0 [28]Min. gripping force through spring N [lbf] 30.0 [6.7] 30.0 [6.7] 21.0 [4.7] 21.0 [4.7]Torque Nm [lbf ft] 2.9 [2.1] 2.9 [2.1] 2.9 [2.1] 2.9 [2.1] 2.9 [2.1] 2.9 [2.1]Rotating angle ° 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0Adjustability of end positions ° 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0Damping for rotation Elastomer damping hydr. shock absorbers Elastomer damping hydr. shock absorbers Elastomer damping hydr. shock absorbersRecommended workpiece weight kg [lbs] 0.52 [1.15] 0.52 [1.15] 0.52 [1.15] 0.52 [1.15] 0.52 [1.15] 0.52 [1.15]Air consumption for gripping cm3 [in3] 10.84 [0.66] 10.84 [0.66] 10.84 [0.66] 10.84 [0.66] 10.84 [0.66] 10.84 [0.66]Air consumption for swiveling cm3 [in3] 51.0 [3.11] 51.0 [3.11] 51.0 [3.11] 51.0 [3.11] 51.0 [3.11] 51.0 [3.11]Weight kg [lbs] 1.19 [2.62] 1.19 [2.62] 1.19 [2.62] 1.2 [2.65] 1.2 [2.65] 1.2 [2.65]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure for gripping bar [psi] 2.0 [29] 2.0 [29] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure for gripping bar [psi] 8.0 [116] 8.0 [116] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94]Minimum pressure for swiveling bar [psi] 3.0 [44] 3.0 [44] 3.0 [44] 3.0 [44] 3.0 [44] 3.0 [44]Maximum pressure for swiveling bar [psi] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94]Closing time for gripping s 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02Opening time for gripping s 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01Swiveling time with middle attached load s 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 50.0 [1.969] 50.0 [1.969] 50.0 [1.969] 50.0 [1.969] 50.0 [1.969] 50.0 [1.969]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [lbs] 0.14 [0.31] 0.14 [0.31] 0.14 [0.31] 0.14 [0.31] 0.14 [0.31] 0.14 [0.31]IP class 30 30 30 30 30 30Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14] 5.0 [41] -10.0 [14] 5.0 [41] -10.0 [14] 5.0 [41]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194] 60.0 [140] 90.0 [194] 60.0 [140] 90.0 [194] 60.0 [140]Repeat accuracy for gripping mm [in] 0.02 [0.0008] 0.02 [0.0008] 0.02 [0.0008] 0.02 [0.0008] 0.02 [0.0008] 0.02 [0.0008]Repeat accuracy for swiveling ° 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

GSM-P 50 / 58 psi GSM-P 50 IS / 58 psi

GSM-P 50 / 87 psi GSM-P 50 IS / 87 psi

[0.394] [0.787] [1.181] [1.575] [1.969][0]

0

11

22

34

45

28_GSM-P_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:55 Uhr Seite 746

Page 190: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-P 50Pneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Parallel Grippers

747w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J The rotary movement can only be monitored at rotating angles of 0° and 180°, angles between these cannot be monitored.

Technical data 180° rotating angleDescription GSM-P 50-E-180 GSM-P 50-S-180 GSM-P 50-AS-E-180 GSM-P 50-AS-S-180 GSM-P 50-IS-E-180 GSM-P 50-IS-S-180

ID 0303850 0303950 0303851 0303951 0303852 0303952Stroke per finger mm [in] 8.0 [0.315] 8.0 [0.315] 8.0 [0.315] 8.0 [0.315] 8.0 [0.315] 8.0 [0.315]Closing force N [lbf] 105.0 [24] 105.0 [24] 135.0 [30] 135.0 [30]Opening force N [lbf] 93.0 [20.9] 93.0 [20.9] 126.0 [28] 126.0 [28]Min. gripping force through spring N [lbf] 30.0 [6.7] 30.0 [6.7] 21.0 [4.7] 21.0 [4.7]Torque Nm [lbf ft] 2.9 [2.1] 2.9 [2.1] 2.9 [2.1] 2.9 [2.1] 2.9 [2.1] 2.9 [2.1]Rotating angle ° 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0Adjustability of end positions ° 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0Damping for rotation Elastomer damping hydr. shock absorbers Elastomer damping hydr. shock absorbers Elastomer damping hydr. shock absorbersRecommended workpiece weight kg [lbs] 0.52 [1.15] 0.52 [1.15] 0.52 [1.15] 0.52 [1.15] 0.52 [1.15] 0.52 [1.15]Air consumption for gripping cm3 [in3] 10.84 [0.66] 10.84 [0.66] 10.84 [0.66] 10.84 [0.66] 10.84 [0.66] 10.84 [0.66]Air consumption for swiveling cm3 [in3] 85.0 [5.19] 85.0 [5.19] 85.0 [5.19] 85.0 [5.19] 85.0 [5.19] 85.0 [5.19]Weight kg [lbs] 1.19 [2.62] 1.19 [2.62] 1.2 [2.65] 1.2 [2.65] 1.2 [2.65] 1.2 [2.65]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure for gripping bar [psi] 2.0 [29] 2.0 [29] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure for gripping bar [psi] 8.0 [116] 8.0 [116] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94]Minimum pressure for swiveling bar [psi] 3.0 [44] 3.0 [44] 3.0 [44] 3.0 [44] 3.0 [44] 3.0 [44]Maximum pressure for swiveling bar [psi] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94]Closing time for gripping s 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02Opening time for gripping s 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01Swiveling time with middle attached load s 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 50.0 [1.969] 50.0 [1.969] 50.0 [1.969] 50.0 [1.969] 50.0 [1.969] 50.0 [1.969]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [lbs] 0.14 [0.31] 0.14 [0.31] 0.14 [0.31] 0.14 [0.31] 0.14 [0.31] 0.14 [0.31]IP class 30 30 30 30 30 30Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14] 5.0 [41] -10.0 [14] 5.0 [41] -10.0 [14] 5.0 [41]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194] 60.0 [140] 90.0 [194] 60.0 [140] 90.0 [194] 60.0 [140]Repeat accuracy for gripping mm [in] 0.02 [0.0008] 0.02 [0.0008] 0.02 [0.0008] 0.02 [0.0008] 0.02 [0.0008] 0.02 [0.0008]Repeat accuracy for swiveling ° 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

28_GSM-P_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:55 Uhr Seite 747

Page 191: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-P 50Pneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Parallel Grippers

748 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

The mechanical gripping force safety device ensures a minimum gripping force even ifthere is a drop in pressure. This acts as closing force in the AS version, and as openingforce in the IS version. In addition, the gripping force safety device can also be employedas a gripping force booster or for single-acting gripping.

The direct connection is used for supplying compressed air to the gripper withoutvulnerable hoses. Instead, the pressure medium is fed through bore-holes in themounting plate.

� Adapter Rotary gripper module

Main views

The drawing shows the gripper in the basic version with open jaws, the dimensionsdo not include the options described below.

A,a Main/direct connection, clockwise rotaryunit

B,b Main/direct connection, anti-clockwiserotary unit

C,c Main/direct connection, gripper openingD,d Main/direct connection, gripper closing

� Rotary unit connection� Finger connection�# Monitoring of gripping�$ Monitoring of swiveling�� Interfering contour during swiveling

AS/IS gripping force safety device

J The SDV-P pressure maintenance valve can also be used (see “Accessories”catalog section) for I.D. or O.D. gripping as an alternative or in addition to thespring-loaded, mechanical gripping force safety device.

Hoseless direct connection

28_GSM-P_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:56 Uhr Seite 748

Page 192: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-P 50Pneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Parallel Grippers

749w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

The mounting kits for the 90° and 180° GSM versions are identical, only the mounting isdifferent. The mounting kit consists of 2 switch cams, 2 operating cams and smallcomponents. The proximity switches must be ordered separately.Description IDAS-GSM-P 50 0304936

The mounting kits for the 90° and 180° GSM versions are identical, only the mounting isdifferent. The mounting kit consists of 2 switch cams, 2 operating cams (only one needsto be fitted, see operating manual), 4 sensor brackets and small components. Theproximity switches must be ordered separately.Description IDAS-GSM-P 50 0304936

Finger blanks for customized subsequent machining, incl. screw connection diagramDescription Material Scope of delivery IDABR 50 Aluminum 2 0340214

Different dimensions in the shock absorber version

Shock absorber version Finger blanks

Mounting kit for proximity switches – angle of rotation 90° Mounting kit for proximity switches – angle of rotation 180°

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

28_GSM-P_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:56 Uhr Seite 749

Page 193: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

J Four sensors (NO contacts) are required for each GSM, plus extension cables as anoption. The control determines the states of the rotary or gripping process by thelogical evaluation of the four sensor signals.Please note that when inductive proximity switches are used, the switching positionsare not adjustable.

End position monitoring: Inductive proximity switches, mounted with mounting kitDescription ID Recommended productAS-GSM-P 50 0304936IN 40/S-M12 0301574IN 40/S-M8 0301474 •INK 40/S 0301555

GSM-P 50Pneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Parallel Grippers

750 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J Please note the minimum permitted bending radii for the sensor cables, which aregenerally 35 mm.

Extension cables for proximity switches/magnetic switchesDescription IDGK 3-M5-PNP/NPN 0301652GK 3-M8 0301622KV 10-M12 0301596KV 10-M8 0301496KV 20-M12 0301597KV 20-M8 0301497KV 3-M12 0301595KV 3-M8 0301495W 3-M12 0301503W 3-M5-PNP/NPN 0301650W 5-M12 0301507WK 3-M8 0301594WK 3-M8 NPN 0301602WK 5-M8 0301502WK 5-M8 NPN 9641116

Sensor system

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

28_GSM-P_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:56 Uhr Seite 750

Page 194: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-P 50Pneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Parallel Grippers

751w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

28_GSM-P_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:56 Uhr Seite 751

Page 195: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-P 64Pneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Parallel Grippers

752 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J The rotary movement can only be monitored at rotating angles of 0° and 90°, angles between these cannot be monitored.

Technical data 90° rotating angle

Finger load

J Moments and forces apply per base jaw and may occursimultaneously. My may arise in addition to the momentgenerated by the gripping force itself. If the max.permitted finger weight is exceeded, it is imperative tothrottle the air pressure so that the jaw movement occurswithout any hitting or bouncing. Service life may bereduced.

Gripping force, I.D. gripping

Gripping force, O.D. gripping

GSM-P 64 / 58 psi GSM-P 50 AS / 58 psi

GSM-P 64 / 87 psi GSM-P 50 AS / 87 psi

[0.394] [0.787] [1.181][1.575][1.969] [2.362][2.756][0]

0

22

45

Mx max. 3.5 Nm [2.6 lbf ft]My max. 6.0 Nm [4.4 lbf ft]Fz max. 250.0 N [56 lbf]

Description GSM-P 64-E-090 GSM-P 64-S-090 GSM-P 64-AS-E-090 GSM-P 64-AS-S-090 GSM-P 64-IS-E-090 GSM-P 64-IS-S-090ID 0304660 0304760 0304661 0304761 0304662 0304762

Stroke per finger mm [in] 10.0 [0.394] 10.0 [0.394] 10.0 [0.394] 10.0 [0.394] 10.0 [0.394] 10.0 [0.394]Closing force N [lbf] 120.0 [27] 120.0 [27] 162.0 [36] 162.0 [36]Opening force N [lbf] 114.0 [26] 114.0 [26] 153.0 [34] 153.0 [34]Min. gripping force through spring N [lbf] 42.0 [9.4] 42.0 [9.4] 33.0 [7.4] 33.0 [7.4]Torque Nm [lbf ft] 2.7 [2.0] 2.7 [2.0] 2.7 [2.0] 2.7 [2.0] 2.7 [2.0] 2.7 [2.0]Rotating angle ° 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0Adjustability of end positions ° 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0Damping for rotation Elastomer damping hydr. shock absorbers Elastomer damping hydr. shock absorbers Elastomer damping hydr. shock absorbersRecommended workpiece weight kg [lbs] 0.61 [1.34] 0.61 [1.34] 0.61 [1.34] 0.61 [1.34] 0.61 [1.34] 0.61 [1.34]Air consumption for gripping cm3 [in3] 15.81 [0.96] 15.81 [0.96] 15.81 [0.96] 15.81 [0.96] 15.81 [0.96] 15.81 [0.96]Air consumption for swiveling cm3 [in3] 51.0 [3.11] 51.0 [3.11] 51.0 [3.11] 51.0 [3.11] 51.0 [3.11] 51.0 [3.11]Weight kg [lbs] 1.39 [3.06] 1.39 [3.06] 1.51 [3.33] 1.51 [3.33] 1.51 [3.33] 1.51 [3.33]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure for gripping bar [psi] 2.0 [29] 2.0 [29] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure for gripping bar [psi] 8.0 [116] 8.0 [116] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94]Minimum pressure for swiveling bar [psi] 3.0 [44] 3.0 [44] 3.0 [44] 3.0 [44] 3.0 [44] 3.0 [44]Maximum pressure for swiveling bar [psi] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94]Closing time for gripping s 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02Opening time for gripping s 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01Swiveling time with middle attached load s 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 64.0 [2.520] 64.0 [2.520] 64.0 [2.520] 64.0 [2.520] 64.0 [2.520] 64.0 [2.520]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [lbs] 0.24 [0.53] 0.24 [0.53] 0.24 [0.53] 0.24 [0.53] 0.24 [0.53] 0.24 [0.53]IP class 30 30 30 30 30 30Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14] 5.0 [41] -10.0 [14] 5.0 [41] -10.0 [14] 5.0 [41]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194] 60.0 [140] 90.0 [194] 60.0 [140] 90.0 [194] 60.0 [140]Repeat accuracy for gripping mm [in] 0.02 [0.0008] 0.02 [0.0008] 0.02 [0.0008] 0.02 [0.0008] 0.02 [0.0008] 0.02 [0.0008]Repeat accuracy for swiveling ° 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

0

11

22

34

45

[0.394] [0.787] [1.181][1.575][1.969] [2.362][2.756][0]

GSM-P 64 / 58 psi GSM-P 64 IS / 58 psiGSM-P 64 / 87 psi GSM-P 64 IS / 87 psi

28_GSM-P_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:56 Uhr Seite 752

Page 196: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-P 64Pneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Parallel Grippers

753w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J The rotary movement can only be monitored at rotating angles of 0° and 180°, angles between these cannot be monitored.

Technical data 180° rotating angleDescription GSM-P 64-E-180 GSM-P 64-S-180 GSM-P 64-AS-E-180 GSM-P 64-AS-S-180 GSM-P 64-IS-E-180 GSM-P 64-IS-S-180

ID 0303860 0303960 0303861 0303961 0303862 0303962Stroke per finger mm [in] 10.0 [0.394] 10.0 [0.394] 10.0 [0.394] 10.0 [0.394] 10.0 [0.394] 10.0 [0.394]Closing force N [lbf] 120.0 [27] 120.0 [27] 162.0 [36] 162.0 [36]Opening force N [lbf] 114.0 [26] 114.0 [26] 153.0 [34] 153.0 [34]Min. gripping force through spring N [lbf] 42.0 [9.4] 42.0 [9.4] 33.0 [7.4] 33.0 [7.4]Torque Nm [lbf ft] 2.7 [2.0] 2.7 [2.0] 2.7 [2.0] 2.7 [2.0] 2.7 [2.0] 2.7 [2.0]Rotating angle ° 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0Adjustability of end positions ° 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0Damping for rotation Elastomer damping hydr. shock absorbers Elastomer damping hydr. shock absorbers Elastomer damping hydr. shock absorbersRecommended workpiece weight kg [lbs] 0.61 [1.34] 0.61 [1.34] 0.61 [1.34] 0.61 [1.34] 0.61 [1.34] 0.61 [1.34]Air consumption for gripping cm3 [in3] 15.81 [0.96] 15.81 [0.96] 15.81 [0.96] 15.81 [0.96] 15.81 [0.96] 15.81 [0.96]Air consumption for swiveling cm3 [in3] 85.0 [5.19] 85.0 [5.19] 85.0 [5.19] 85.0 [5.19] 85.0 [5.19] 85.0 [5.19]Weight kg [lbs] 1.39 [3.06] 1.39 [3.06] 1.51 [3.33] 1.51 [3.33] 1.51 [3.33] 1.51 [3.33]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure for gripping bar [psi] 2.0 [29] 2.0 [29] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure for gripping bar [psi] 8.0 [116] 8.0 [116] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94]Minimum pressure for swiveling bar [psi] 3.0 [44] 3.0 [44] 3.0 [44] 3.0 [44] 3.0 [44] 3.0 [44]Maximum pressure for swiveling bar [psi] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94]Closing time for gripping s 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02Opening time for gripping s 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01Swiveling time with middle attached load s 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 64.0 [2.520] 64.0 [2.520] 64.0 [2.520] 64.0 [2.520] 64.0 [2.520] 64.0 [2.520]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [lbs] 0.24 [0.53] 0.24 [0.53] 0.24 [0.53] 0.24 [0.53] 0.24 [0.53] 0.24 [0.53]IP class 30 30 30 30 30 30Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14] 5.0 [41] -10.0 [14] 5.0 [41] -10.0 [14] 5.0 [41]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194] 60.0 [140] 90.0 [194] 60.0 [140] 90.0 [194] 60.0 [140]Repeat accuracy for gripping mm [in] 0.02 [0.0008] 0.02 [0.0008] 0.02 [0.0008] 0.02 [0.0008] 0.02 [0.0008] 0.02 [0.0008]Repeat accuracy for swiveling ° 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

28_GSM-P_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:56 Uhr Seite 753

Page 197: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-P 64Pneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Parallel Grippers

754 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

The mechanical gripping force safety device ensures a minimum gripping force even ifthere is a drop in pressure. This acts as closing force in the AS version, and as openingforce in the IS version. In addition, the gripping force safety device can also be employedas a gripping force booster or for single-acting gripping.

The direct connection is used for supplying compressed air to the gripper withoutvulnerable hoses. Instead, the pressure medium is fed through bore-holes in the mounting plate.

� Adapter Gripper Swivel module

Main views

The drawing shows the gripper in the basic version with open jaws, the dimensionsdo not include the options described below.

A,a Main/direct connection, clockwise rotaryunit

B,b Main/direct connection, anti-clockwiserotary unit

C,c Main/direct connection, gripper openingD,d Main/direct connection, gripper closing

� Rotary unit connection� Finger connection�# Monitoring of gripping�$ Monitoring of swiveling�� Interfering contour during swiveling

AS/IS gripping force safety device

J The SDV-P pressure maintenance valve can also be used (see “Accessories”catalog section) for I.D. or O.D. gripping as an alternative or in addition to thespring-loaded, mechanical gripping force safety device.

Hoseless direct connection

28_GSM-P_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:56 Uhr Seite 754

Page 198: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-P 64Pneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Parallel Grippers

755w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

�$ With AS / IS version

The mounting kits for the 90° and 180° GSM versions are identical, only the assembly isdifferent. The mounting kit consists of 2 switch cams, 2 operating cams and smallcomponents. The proximity switches must be ordered separately.Description IDAS-GSM-P 64 0304937

�$ With AS / IS version

The mounting kits for the 90° and 180° GSM versions are identical, only the mounting isdifferent. The mounting kit consists of 2 switch cams, 2 operating cams (only one needsto be fitted, see operating manual), 4 sensor brackets and small components. Theproximity switches must be ordered separately.Description IDAS-GSM-P 64 0304937

Finger blanks for customized subsequent machining, incl. screw connection diagramDescription Material Scope of delivery IDABR 64 Aluminum 2 0340215

Different dimensions in the shock absorber version

Shock absorber version Finger blanks

Mounting kit for proximity switches – angle of rotation 90° Mounting kit for proximity switches – angle of rotation 180°

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

28_GSM-P_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:56 Uhr Seite 755

Page 199: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

J Four sensors (NO contacts) are required for each GSM, plus extension cables as anoption. The control determines the states of the rotary or gripping process by thelogical evaluation of the four sensor signals.Please note that when inductive proximity switches are used, the switching positionsare not adjustable.

End position monitoring: Inductive proximity switches, mounted with mounting kitDescription ID Recommended productAS-GSM-P 64 0304937IN 40/S-M12 0301574IN 40/S-M8 0301474 •INK 40/S 0301555

GSM-P 64Pneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Parallel Grippers

756 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J Please note the minimum permitted bending radii for the sensor cables, which aregenerally 35 mm.

Extension cables for proximity switches/magnetic switchesDescription IDGK 3-M5-PNP/NPN 0301652GK 3-M8 0301622KV 10-M12 0301596KV 10-M8 0301496KV 20-M12 0301597KV 20-M8 0301497KV 3-M12 0301595KV 3-M8 0301495W 3-M12 0301503W 3-M5-PNP/NPN 0301650W 5-M12 0301507WK 3-M8 0301594WK 3-M8 NPN 0301602WK 5-M8 0301502WK 5-M8 NPN 9641116

Sensor system

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

28_GSM-P_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:56 Uhr Seite 756

Page 200: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-P 64Pneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Parallel Grippers

757w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

28_GSM-P_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 14:56 Uhr Seite 757

Page 201: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-ZPneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Centric Grippers

758 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Sizes30 .. 45

Weight0.35 kg .. 1.32 kg0.77 lbs .. 2.91 lbs

Gripping force55 N .. 310 N12.4 lbf .. 70 lbf

Stroke per finger3.0 mm .. 5.0 mm0.118 in .. 0.197 in

Torque0.35 Nm .. 2.7 Nm0.258 lbf ft .. 2.0 lbf ft

Application example

Compact, economical linear rotary gripperunit for mounting a suspension device

GSM-Z 45-IS-E Rotary Gripper Module

PHE 64-40 Linear Unit

29_GSM-Z_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:06 Uhr Seite 758

Page 202: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-ZPneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Centric Grippers

759w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Compactas the rotary drive, end-position damping unit and gripper arecombined to one compact module

Reduction of costsas no adapter plates are necessary, planning and design time is saved

T-slot guidancefor precise gripping with high load-bearing capacity

Flexiblethrough several mounting options, infinitely adjustable rotatingangle and numerous product versions

Controlled productionas moving cables and hoses are replaced by integrated feed-throughs

Attached to three sides in three mounting directionsfor universal and flexible assembly of the rotary gripper module

Air supply via hose-free direct connection or screwconnectionsfor the connection of exactly the right rotary gripper module in allautomation solutions

Comprehensive accessoriesthrough the use of existing gripper components

Compact rotary gripping combination, consisting of a powerful rotordrive, an end-position damping device, and a 3-finger centricgripper.

Centric Gripper Swivel Module

Area of applicationGripping and rotating combined in a single compact module, forautomated assembly in places with a restricted amount of availablespace.

Your advantages and benefits

Information about the seriesWorking principleCombined rotor and piston drive

Housing materialAluminum alloy, hard-anodized

Base jaw materialSteel

ActuationPneumatic, with filtered compressed air (10 μm): Dry, lubricated or non-lubricatedPressure medium: Required quality class of compressed air according to DIN ISO8573-1: Quality class 4

Warranty24 months

Scope of deliveryCentering sleeves, O-rings for direct connection, mounting screws for attachment to the side, steel balls for adjusting the angle of traverse, assembly and operatingmanual with manufacturer’s declaration

Gripping force safety devicewith either mechanical gripping force safety device or SDV-P pressure maintenancevalve

29_GSM-Z_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:06 Uhr Seite 759

Page 203: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-ZPneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Centric Grippers

760 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Preset of rotating angle using steel balls for any desired angle ofrotation

Gripper drivevia integrated pneumatic piston

Base jawsfor mounting the top fingers

End-position damping assemblyfor end-position adjustment and damping

Rotoras a compact, powerful drive

Hydraulic shock absorberto increase the damping performance

As its non-centric rotor is subjected to pressure, the drive rotates the integratedgripper module. The module itself is driven by its own piston. The piston movementis subsequently transformed into a synchronized gripping motion.

Function descriptionDespite the many options and versions already available as standard, SCHUNK also designs and produces customized versions on request.

Options and special information

Sectional diagram of functions

29_GSM-Z_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:06 Uhr Seite 760

Page 204: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-ZPneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Centric Grippers

761w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Gripping forceis the arithmetic total of the gripping force applied to each base jaw at distance P (see illustration), measured from the upper edge of the gripper.

Finger lengthis measured from the upper edge of the gripper housing in the direction of the main axis.

Repeat accuracyis defined as the spread of the limit position after 100 consecutive strokes or rotary cycles.

Workpiece weightThe recommended workpiece weight is calculated for a force-type connection with acoefficient of friction of 0.1 and a safety factor of 2 against slippage of the workpiece

on acceleration due to gravity g. Considerably heavier workpiece weights arepermitted with form-fit gripping.

Closing and opening times, cycle timesClosing and opening times are purely the times that the base jaws or fingers are inmotion. Cycle times are purely the times that the rotating part (mostly the pinion) is in motion. Valve switching times, hose filling times or SPC reaction times are notincluded in the above times and must be taken into consideration when determiningcycle times.

Middle attached loadThe middle attached load should constitute a typical load. It is defined as the half ofthe max. possible moment of inertia that can be swiveled without restriction,bouncing or hitting, with a centric load and a vertical rotating axis.

General information on the series

SCHUNK accessories – thesuitable complement for thehighest level of functionality,reliability and controlledproduction of all automationmodules.

Centering sleeves FittingsInductive proximityswitches

Quentes plastic inserts

HKI gripper pads V sensor distributors

SDV-P pressuremaintenance valves Finger blanks

Accessories

W/WK/KV/GK sensor cables

J For the exact size of the required accessories, availability of this size and the designation and ID, please refer to the additional views at the end of the size in question. Youcan find more detailed information on our accessory range in the “Accessories” catalog section.

29_GSM-Z_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:07 Uhr Seite 761

Page 205: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-Z 30Pneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Centric Grippers

762 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J The rotary movement can only be monitored at rotating angles of 0° and 90°, angles between these cannot be monitored.

Technical data 90° rotating angle

Finger load

J Moments and forces apply per base jaw and may occursimultaneously. My may arise in addition to the momentgenerated by the gripping force itself. If the max.permitted finger weight is exceeded, it is imperative tothrottle the air pressure so that the jaw movement occurswithout any hitting or bouncing. Service life may bereduced.

Gripping force, I.D. gripping

Gripping force, O.D. gripping

0

40

80

120

0 5 10 15 20 25 30

GSM-Z 30 / 58 psi GSM-Z 30 IS / 58 psi

GSM-Z 30 / 87 psi GSM-Z 30 IS / 87 psi

[0] [0.197][0.394][0.591][0.787][0.984][1.181]

0

9

18

27

0

40

80

120

0 5 10 15 20 25 30

GSM-Z 30 / 58 psi GSM-Z 30 AS / 58 psiGSM-Z 30 / 87 psi GSM-Z 30 AS / 87 psi

[0] [0.197][0.394][0.591][0.787][0.984][1.181]

0

9

18

27

Mx max. 0.8 Nm [0.590 lbf ft]My max. 1.4 Nm [1.0 lbf ft]Fz max. 140.0 N [31 lbf]

Description GSM-Z 30-E-090 GSM-Z 30-S-090 GSM-Z 30-AS-E-090 GSM-Z 30-AS-S-090 GSM-Z 30-IS-E-090 GSM-Z 30-IS-S-090ID 0304633 0304733 0304634 0304734 0304635 0304735

Stroke per finger mm [in] 3.0 [0.118] 3.0 [0.118] 3.0 [0.118] 3.0 [0.118] 3.0 [0.118] 3.0 [0.118]Closing force N [lbf] 55.0 [12.4] 55.0 [12.4] 80.0 [18.0] 80.0 [18.0]Opening force N [lbf] 65.0 [14.6] 65.0 [14.6] 80.0 [18.0] 80.0 [18.0]Min. gripping force through spring N [lbf] 25.0 [5.6] 25.0 [5.6] 25.0 [5.6] 25.0 [5.6]Torque Nm [lbf ft] 0.35 [0.258] 0.35 [0.258] 0.35 [0.258] 0.35 [0.258] 0.35 [0.258] 0.35 [0.258]Rotating angle ° 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0Adjustability of end positions ° 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0Damping for rotation Elastomer damping hydr. shock absorbers Elastomer damping hydr. shock absorbers Elastomer damping hydr. shock absorbersRecommended workpiece weight kg [lbs] 0.25 [0.55] 0.25 [0.55] 0.25 [0.55] 0.25 [0.55] 0.25 [0.55] 0.25 [0.55]Air consumption for gripping cm3 [in3] 4.51 [0.28] 4.51 [0.28] 4.51 [0.28] 4.51 [0.28] 4.51 [0.28] 4.51 [0.28]Air consumption for swiveling cm3 [in3] 9.0 [0.55] 9.0 [0.55] 9.0 [0.55] 9.0 [0.55] 9.0 [0.55] 9.0 [0.55]Weight kg [lbs] 0.35 [0.77] 0.35 [0.77] 0.4 [0.88] 0.4 [0.88] 0.4 [0.88] 0.4 [0.88]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure for gripping bar [psi] 2.0 [29] 2.0 [29] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure for gripping bar [psi] 8.0 [116] 8.0 [116] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94]Minimum pressure for swiveling bar [psi] 3.5 [51] 3.5 [51] 3.5 [51] 3.5 [51] 3.5 [51] 3.5 [51]Maximum pressure for swiveling bar [psi] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94]Closing time for gripping s 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.04 0.04Opening time for gripping s 0.02 0.02 0.04 0.04 0.02 0.02Swiveling time with middle attached load s 0.06 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 30.0 [1.181] 30.0 [1.181] 30.0 [1.181] 30.0 [1.181] 30.0 [1.181] 30.0 [1.181]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [lbs] 0.03 [0.07] 0.03 [0.07] 0.03 [0.07] 0.03 [0.07] 0.03 [0.07] 0.03 [0.07]IP class 40 40 40 40 40 40Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14] 5.0 [41] -10.0 [14] 5.0 [41] -10.0 [14] 5.0 [41]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194] 60.0 [140] 90.0 [194] 60.0 [140] 90.0 [194] 60.0 [140]Repeat accuracy for gripping mm [in] 0.01 [0.0004] 0.01 [0.0004] 0.01 [0.0004] 0.01 [0.0004] 0.01 [0.0004] 0.01 [0.0004]Repeat accuracy for swiveling ° 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

29_GSM-Z_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:07 Uhr Seite 762

Page 206: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-Z 30Pneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Centric Grippers

763w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J The rotary movement can only be monitored at rotating angles of 0° and 180°, angles between these cannot be monitored.

Technical data 180° rotating angleDescription GSM-Z 30-E-180 GSM-Z 30-S-180 GSM-Z 30-AS-E-180 GSM-Z 30-AS-S-180 GSM-Z 30-IS-E-180 GSM-Z 30-IS-S-180

ID 0303833 0303933 0303834 0303934 0303835 0303935Stroke per finger mm [in] 3.0 [0.118] 3.0 [0.118] 3.0 [0.118] 3.0 [0.118] 3.0 [0.118] 3.0 [0.118]Closing force N [lbf] 55.0 [12.4] 55.0 [12.4] 80.0 [18.0] 80.0 [18.0]Opening force N [lbf] 65.0 [14.6] 65.0 [14.6] 80.0 [18.0] 80.0 [18.0]Min. gripping force through spring N [lbf] 25.0 [5.6] 25.0 [5.6] 25.0 [5.6] 25.0 [5.6]Torque Nm [lbf ft] 0.35 [0.258] 0.35 [0.258] 0.35 [0.258] 0.35 [0.258] 0.35 [0.258] 0.35 [0.258]Rotating angle ° 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0Adjustability of end positions ° 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0Damping for rotation Elastomer damping hydr. shock absorbers Elastomer damping hydr. shock absorbers Elastomer damping hydr. shock absorbersRecommended workpiece weight kg [lbs] 0.25 [0.55] 0.25 [0.55] 0.25 [0.55] 0.25 [0.55] 0.25 [0.55] 0.25 [0.55]Air consumption for gripping cm3 [in3] 4.51 [0.28] 4.51 [0.28] 4.51 [0.28] 4.51 [0.28] 4.51 [0.28] 4.51 [0.28]Air consumption for swiveling cm3 [in3] 15.0 [0.92] 15.0 [0.92] 15.0 [0.92] 15.0 [0.92] 15.0 [0.92] 15.0 [0.92]Weight kg [lbs] 0.35 [0.77] 0.35 [0.77] 0.4 [0.88] 0.4 [0.88] 0.4 [0.88] 0.4 [0.88]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure for gripping bar [psi] 2.0 [29] 2.0 [29] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure for gripping bar [psi] 8.0 [116] 8.0 [116] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94]Minimum pressure for swiveling bar [psi] 3.5 [51] 3.5 [51] 3.5 [51] 3.5 [51] 3.5 [51] 3.5 [51]Maximum pressure for swiveling bar [psi] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94]Closing time for gripping s 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.04 0.04Opening time for gripping s 0.02 0.02 0.04 0.04 0.02 0.02Swiveling time with middle attached load s 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 30.0 [1.181] 30.0 [1.181] 30.0 [1.181] 30.0 [1.181] 30.0 [1.181] 30.0 [1.181]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [lbs] 0.03 [0.07] 0.03 [0.07] 0.03 [0.07] 0.03 [0.07] 0.03 [0.07] 0.03 [0.07]IP class 40 40 40 40 40 40Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14] 5.0 [41] -10.0 [14] 5.0 [41] -10.0 [14] 5.0 [41]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194] 60.0 [140] 90.0 [194] 60.0 [140] 90.0 [194] 60.0 [140]Repeat accuracy for gripping mm [in] 0.01 [0.0004] 0.01 [0.0004] 0.01 [0.0004] 0.01 [0.0004] 0.01 [0.0004] 0.01 [0.0004]Repeat accuracy for swiveling ° 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

29_GSM-Z_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:07 Uhr Seite 763

Page 207: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-Z 30Pneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Centric Grippers

764 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

The mechanical gripping force safety device ensures a minimum gripping force even ifthere is a drop in pressure. This acts as closing force in the AS version, and as openingforce in the IS version. In addition, the gripping force safety device can also be employedas a gripping force booster or for single-acting gripping.

The direct connection is used for supplying compressed air to the gripper withoutvulnerable hoses. Instead, the pressure medium is fed through bore-holes in the mounting plate.

� Adapter Gripper-swivel module

Main views

The drawing shows the gripper in the basic version with open jaws, the dimensionsdo not include the options described below.

A,a Main/direct connection, clockwise rotaryunit

B,b Main/direct connection, anti-clockwiserotary unit

C,c Main/direct connection, gripper openingD,d Main/direct connection, gripper closing

� Rotary unit connection� Finger connection�$ Monitoring of swiveling�� Interfering contour during swiveling�$ Sensor projection beyond housing

AS/IS gripping force safety device

J The SDV-P pressure maintenance valve can also be used (see “Accessories”catalog section) for I.D. or O.D. gripping as an alternative or in addition to thespring-loaded, mechanical gripping force safety device.

Hoseless direct connection

29_GSM-Z_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:07 Uhr Seite 764

Page 208: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-Z 30Pneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Centric Grippers

765w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

The mounting kits for the 90° and 180° GSM versions are identical, only the mounting isdifferent. The mounting kit consists of 2 switch cams, 2 operating cams and smallcomponents. The proximity switches must be ordered separately.Description IDAS-GSM-Z 30 0304944

The mounting kits for the 90° and 180° GSM versions are identical, only the mounting isdifferent. The mounting kit consists of 2 switch cams, 2 operating cams (only one needsto be fitted, see operating manual), 4 sensor brackets and small components. Theproximity switches must be ordered separately.Description IDAS-GSM-Z 30 0304944

Finger blanks for customized subsequent machining, incl. screw connection diagramDescription Material Scope of delivery IDABR 30 Aluminum 3 0340519

Different dimensions in the shock absorber version

Shock absorber version Finger blanks

Mounting kit for proximity switches – angle of rotation 90° Mounting kit for proximity switches – angle of rotation 180°

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

29_GSM-Z_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:07 Uhr Seite 765

Page 209: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

J Four sensors (NO contacts) are required for each GSM, plus extension cables as anoption. The control determines the states of the rotary or gripping process by thelogical evaluation of the four sensor signals.Please note that when inductive proximity switches are used, the switching positionsare not adjustable.

End position monitoring: Inductive proximity switches, mounted with mounting kitDescription ID Recommended productAS-GSM-Z 30 0304944IN 40/S-M12 0301574IN 40/S-M8 0301474 •INK 40/S 0301555

GSM-Z 30Pneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Centric Grippers

766 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J Please note the minimum permitted bending radii for the sensor cables, which aregenerally 35 mm.

Extension cables for proximity switches/magnetic switchesDescription IDGK 3-M5-PNP/NPN 0301652GK 3-M8 0301622KV 10-M12 0301596KV 10-M8 0301496KV 20-M12 0301597KV 20-M8 0301497KV 3-M12 0301595KV 3-M8 0301495W 3-M12 0301503W 3-M5-PNP/NPN 0301650W 5-M12 0301507WK 3-M8 0301594WK 3-M8 NPN 0301602WK 5-M8 0301502WK 5-M8 NPN 9641116

Sensor system

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

29_GSM-Z_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:07 Uhr Seite 766

Page 210: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-Z 30Pneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Centric Grippers

767w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

29_GSM-Z_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:07 Uhr Seite 767

Page 211: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-Z 38Pneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Centric Grippers

768 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J The rotary movement can only be monitored at rotating angles of 0° and 90°, angles between these cannot be monitored.

Technical data 90° rotating angle

Finger load

J Moments and forces apply per base jaw and may occursimultaneously. My may arise in addition to the momentgenerated by the gripping force itself. If the max.permitted finger weight is exceeded, it is imperative tothrottle the air pressure so that the jaw movement occurswithout any hitting or bouncing. Service life may bereduced.

Gripping force, I.D. gripping

Gripping force, O.D. gripping

0

60

120

180

240

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40

GSM-Z 38 / 58 psi GSM-Z 38 IS / 58 psi

GSM-Z 38 / 87 psi GSM-Z 38 IS / 87 psi

[0] [0.197][0.394][0.591][0.787] [0.984] [1.181]

0

13

27

40

54

[1.378] [1.575]

��

���

���

��

� � �� �� � � � � ��

����� � � �� ��� ����� � �� � �� ���

����� � � � ��� ����� � �� � � ���

��� ����� ����������������� � ���������������

��

��

��� �� ���� ��

Mx max. 1.0 Nm [0.7 lbf ft]My max. 1.8 Nm [1.3 lbf ft]Fz max. 200.0 N [45 lbf]

Description GSM-Z 38-E-090 GSM-Z 38-S-090 GSM-Z 38-AS-E-090 GSM-Z 38-AS-S-090 GSM-Z 38-IS-E-090 GSM-Z 38-IS-S-090ID 0304643 0304743 0304644 0304744 0304645 0304745

Stroke per finger mm [in] 4.0 [0.157] 4.0 [0.157] 4.0 [0.157] 4.0 [0.157] 4.0 [0.157] 4.0 [0.157]Closing force N [lbf] 120.0 [27] 120.0 [27] 150.0 [34] 150.0 [34]Opening force N [lbf] 140.0 [31] 140.0 [31] 160.0 [36] 160.0 [36]Min. gripping force through spring N [lbf] 30.0 [6.7] 30.0 [6.7] 40.0 [9.0] 40.0 [9.0]Torque Nm [lbf ft] 0.3 [0.221] 0.3 [0.221] 0.3 [0.221] 0.3 [0.221] 0.3 [0.221] 0.3 [0.221]Rotating angle ° 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0Adjustability of end positions ° 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0Damping for rotation Elastomer damping hydr. shock absorbers Elastomer damping hydr. shock absorbers Elastomer damping hydr. shock absorbersRecommended workpiece weight kg [lbs] 0.6 [1.32] 0.6 [1.32] 0.6 [1.32] 0.6 [1.32] 0.6 [1.32] 0.6 [1.32]Air consumption for gripping cm3 [in3] 6.58 [0.40] 6.58 [0.40] 6.58 [0.40] 6.58 [0.40] 6.58 [0.40] 6.58 [0.40]Air consumption for swiveling cm3 [in3] 9.0 [0.55] 9.0 [0.55] 9.0 [0.55] 9.0 [0.55] 9.0 [0.55] 9.0 [0.55]Weight kg [lbs] 0.4 [0.88] 0.4 [0.88] 0.48 [1.06] 0.48 [1.06] 0.48 [1.06] 0.48 [1.06]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure for gripping bar [psi] 2.0 [29] 2.0 [29] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure for gripping bar [psi] 8.0 [116] 8.0 [116] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94]Minimum pressure for swiveling bar [psi] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure for swiveling bar [psi] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94]Closing time for gripping s 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.04 0.04Opening time for gripping s 0.02 0.02 0.04 0.04 0.02 0.02Swiveling time with middle attached load s 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 38.0 [1.496] 38.0 [1.496] 38.0 [1.496] 38.0 [1.496] 38.0 [1.496] 38.0 [1.496]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [lbs] 0.05 [0.11] 0.05 [0.11] 0.05 [0.11] 0.05 [0.11] 0.05 [0.11] 0.05 [0.11]IP class 40 40 40 40 40 40Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14] 5.0 [41] -10.0 [14] 5.0 [41] -10.0 [14] 5.0 [41]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194] 60.0 [140] 90.0 [194] 60.0 [140] 90.0 [194] 60.0 [140]Repeat accuracy for gripping mm [in] 0.01 [0.0004] 0.01 [0.0004] 0.01 [0.0004] 0.01 [0.0004] 0.01 [0.0004] 0.01 [0.0004]Repeat accuracy for swiveling ° 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

29_GSM-Z_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:07 Uhr Seite 768

Page 212: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-Z 38Pneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Centric Grippers

769w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J The rotary movement can only be monitored at rotating angles of 0° and 180°, angles between these cannot be monitored.

Technical data 180° rotating angleDescription GSM-Z 38-E-180 GSM-Z 38-S-180 GSM-Z 38-AS-E-180 GSM-Z 38-AS-S-180 GSM-Z 38-IS-E-180 GSM-Z 38-IS-S-180

ID 0303843 0303943 0303844 0303944 0303845 0303945Stroke per finger mm [in] 4.0 [0.157] 4.0 [0.157] 4.0 [0.157] 4.0 [0.157] 4.0 [0.157] 4.0 [0.157]Closing force N [lbf] 120.0 [27] 120.0 [27] 150.0 [34] 150.0 [34]Opening force N [lbf] 140.0 [31] 140.0 [31] 160.0 [36] 160.0 [36]Min. gripping force through spring N [lbf] 30.0 [6.7] 30.0 [6.7] 40.0 [9.0] 40.0 [9.0]Torque Nm [lbf ft] 0.3 [0.221] 0.3 [0.221] 0.3 [0.221] 0.3 [0.221] 0.3 [0.221] 0.3 [0.221]Rotating angle ° 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0Adjustability of end positions ° 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0Damping for rotation Elastomer damping hydr. shock absorbers Elastomer damping hydr. shock absorbers Elastomer damping hydr. shock absorbersRecommended workpiece weight kg [lbs] 0.6 [1.32] 0.6 [1.32] 0.6 [1.32] 0.6 [1.32] 0.6 [1.32] 0.6 [1.32]Air consumption for gripping cm3 [in3] 6.58 [0.40] 6.58 [0.40] 6.58 [0.40] 6.58 [0.40] 6.58 [0.40] 6.58 [0.40]Air consumption for swiveling cm3 [in3] 15.0 [0.92] 15.0 [0.92] 15.0 [0.92] 15.0 [0.92] 15.0 [0.92] 15.0 [0.92]Weight kg [lbs] 0.4 [0.88] 0.4 [0.88] 0.48 [1.06] 0.48 [1.06] 0.48 [1.06] 0.48 [1.06]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure for gripping bar [psi] 2.0 [29] 2.0 [29] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure for gripping bar [psi] 8.0 [116] 8.0 [116] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94]Minimum pressure for swiveling bar [psi] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure for swiveling bar [psi] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94]Closing time for gripping s 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.04 0.04Opening time for gripping s 0.02 0.02 0.04 0.04 0.02 0.02Swiveling time with middle attached load s 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.22Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 38.0 [1.496] 38.0 [1.496] 38.0 [1.496] 38.0 [1.496] 38.0 [1.496] 38.0 [1.496]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [lbs] 0.05 [0.11] 0.05 [0.11] 0.05 [0.11] 0.05 [0.11] 0.05 [0.11] 0.05 [0.11]IP class 40 40 40 40 40 40Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14] 5.0 [41] -10.0 [14] 5.0 [41] -10.0 [14] 5.0 [41]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194] 60.0 [140] 90.0 [194] 60.0 [140] 90.0 [194] 60.0 [140]Repeat accuracy for gripping mm [in] 0.01 [0.0004] 0.01 [0.0004] 0.01 [0.0004] 0.01 [0.0004] 0.01 [0.0004] 0.01 [0.0004]Repeat accuracy for swiveling ° 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

29_GSM-Z_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:07 Uhr Seite 769

Page 213: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-Z 38Pneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Centric Grippers

770 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

The mechanical gripping force safety device ensures a minimum gripping force even ifthere is a drop in pressure. This acts as closing force in the AS version, and as openingforce in the IS version. In addition, the gripping force safety device can also be employedas a gripping force booster or for single-acting gripping.

The direct connection is used for supplying compressed air to the gripper withoutvulnerable hoses. Instead, the pressure medium is fed through bore-holes in the mounting plate.

� Adapter Gripper-swivel module

Main views

The drawing shows the gripper in the basic version with open jaws, the dimensionsdo not include the options described below.

A,a Main/direct connection, clockwise rotaryunit

B,b Main/direct connection, anti-clockwiserotary unit

C,c Main/direct connection, gripper openingD,d Main/direct connection, gripper closing

� Rotary unit connection� Finger connection�$ Monitoring of swiveling�� Interfering contour during swiveling�$ Sensor projection beyond housing

AS/IS gripping force safety device

J The SDV-P pressure maintenance valve can also be used (see “Accessories”catalog section) for I.D. or O.D. gripping as an alternative or in addition to thespring-loaded, mechanical gripping force safety device.

Hoseless direct connection

29_GSM-Z_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:07 Uhr Seite 770

Page 214: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-Z 38Pneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Centric Grippers

771w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

The mounting kits for the 90° and 180° GSM versions are identical, only the mounting isdifferent. The mounting kit consists of 2 switch cams, 2 operating cams and smallcomponents. The proximity switches must be ordered separately.Description IDAS-GSM-Z 38 0304945

The mounting kits for the 90° and 180° GSM versions are identical, only the mounting isdifferent. The mounting kit consists of 2 switch cams, 2 operating cams (only one needsto be fitted, see operating manual), 4 sensor brackets and small components. Theproximity switches must be ordered separately.Description IDAS-GSM-Z 38 0304945

Finger blanks for customized subsequent machining, incl. screw connection diagramDescription Material Scope of delivery IDABR 38 Aluminum 3 0340529

Different dimensions in the shock absorber version

Shock absorber version Finger blanks

Mounting kit for proximity switches – angle of rotation 90° Mounting kit for proximity switches – angle of rotation 180°

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

29_GSM-Z_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:08 Uhr Seite 771

Page 215: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

J Four sensors (NO contacts) are required for each GSM, plus extension cables as anoption. The control determines the states of the rotary or gripping process by thelogical evaluation of the four sensor signals.Please note that when inductive proximity switches are used, the switching positionsare not adjustable.

End position monitoring: Inductive proximity switches, mounted with mounting kitDescription ID Recommended productAS-GSM-Z 38 0304945IN 40/S-M12 0301574IN 40/S-M8 0301474 •INK 40/S 0301555

GSM-Z 38Pneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Centric Grippers

772 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J Please note the minimum permitted bending radii for the sensor cables, which aregenerally 35 mm.

Extension cables for proximity switches/magnetic switchesDescription IDGK 3-M5-PNP/NPN 0301652GK 3-M8 0301622KV 10-M12 0301596KV 10-M8 0301496KV 20-M12 0301597KV 20-M8 0301497KV 3-M12 0301595KV 3-M8 0301495W 3-M12 0301503W 3-M5-PNP/NPN 0301650W 5-M12 0301507WK 3-M8 0301594WK 3-M8 NPN 0301602WK 5-M8 0301502WK 5-M8 NPN 9641116

Sensor system

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

29_GSM-Z_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:08 Uhr Seite 772

Page 216: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-Z 38Pneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Centric Grippers

773w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

29_GSM-Z_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:08 Uhr Seite 773

Page 217: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-Z 45Pneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Centric Grippers

774 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J The rotary movement can only be monitored at rotating angles of 0° and 90°, angles between these cannot be monitored.

Technical data 90° rotating angle

Finger load

J Moments and forces apply per base jaw and may occursimultaneously. My may arise in addition to the momentgenerated by the gripping force itself. If the max.permitted finger weight is exceeded, it is imperative tothrottle the air pressure so that the jaw movement occurswithout any hitting or bouncing. Service life may bereduced.

Gripping force, I.D. gripping

Gripping force, O.D. gripping

0

100

200

300

400

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

GSM-Z 45 / 58 psi GSM-Z 45 IS / 58 psiGSM-Z 45 / 87 psi GSM-Z 45 IS / 87 psi

[0] [0.197][0.394][0.591][0.787][0.984][1.181][1.378][1.575][1.772]

0

22

45

67

90

0

100

200

300

400

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

GSM-Z 45 / 58 psi GSM-Z 45 AS / 58 psiGSM-Z 45 / 87 psi GSM-Z 45 AS / 87 psi

[0] [0.197][0.394][0.591][0.787][0.984][1.181][1.378][1.575][1.772]

0

22

45

67

90

Mx max. 2.0 Nm [1.5 lbf ft]My max. 2.8 Nm [2.1 lbf ft]Fz max. 250.0 N [56 lbf]

Description GSM-Z 45-E-090 GSM-Z 45-S-090 GSM-Z 45-AS-E-090 GSM-Z 45-AS-S-090 GSM-Z 45-IS-E-090 GSM-Z 45-IS-S-090ID 0304663 0304763 0304664 0304764 0304665 0304765

Stroke per finger mm [in] 5.0 [0.197] 5.0 [0.197] 5.0 [0.197] 5.0 [0.197] 5.0 [0.197] 5.0 [0.197]Closing force N [lbf] 225.0 [51] 225.0 [51] 310.0 [70] 310.0 [70]Opening force N [lbf] 245.0 [55] 245.0 [55] 310.0 [70] 310.0 [70]Min. gripping force through spring N [lbf] 85.0 [19.1] 85.0 [19.1] 95.0 [21.4] 95.0 [21.4]Torque Nm [lbf ft] 2.7 [2.0] 2.7 [2.0] 2.7 [2.0] 2.7 [2.0] 2.7 [2.0] 2.7 [2.0]Rotating angle ° 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0Adjustability of end positions ° 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0Damping for rotation Elastomer damping hydr. shock absorbers Elastomer damping hydr. shock absorbers Elastomer damping hydr. shock absorbersRecommended workpiece weight kg [lbs] 1.1 [2.43] 1.1 [2.43] 1.1 [2.43] 1.1 [2.43] 1.1 [2.43] 1.1 [2.43]Air consumption for gripping cm3 [in3] 13.85 [0.85] 13.85 [0.85] 13.85 [0.85] 13.85 [0.85] 13.85 [0.85] 13.85 [0.85]Air consumption for swiveling cm3 [in3] 51.0 [3.11] 51.0 [3.11] 51.0 [3.11] 51.0 [3.11] 51.0 [3.11] 51.0 [3.11]Weight kg [lbs] 1.2 [2.65] 1.2 [2.65] 1.32 [2.91] 1.32 [2.91] 1.32 [2.91] 1.32 [2.91]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure for gripping bar [psi] 2.0 [29] 2.0 [29] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure for gripping bar [psi] 8.0 [116] 8.0 [116] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94]Minimum pressure for swiveling bar [psi] 3.0 [44] 3.0 [44] 3.0 [44] 3.0 [44] 3.0 [44] 3.0 [44]Maximum pressure for swiveling bar [psi] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94]Closing time for gripping s 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.05 0.05Opening time for gripping s 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.04Swiveling time with middle attached load s 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 45.0 [1.772] 45.0 [1.772] 45.0 [1.772] 45.0 [1.772] 45.0 [1.772] 45.0 [1.772]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [lbs] 0.08 [0.18] 0.08 [0.18] 0.08 [0.18] 0.08 [0.18] 0.08 [0.18] 0.08 [0.18]IP class 40 40 40 40 40 40Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14] 5.0 [41] -10.0 [14] 5.0 [41] -10.0 [14] 5.0 [41]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194] 60.0 [140] 90.0 [194] 60.0 [140] 90.0 [194] 60.0 [140]Repeat accuracy for gripping mm [in] 0.01 [0.0004] 0.01 [0.0004] 0.01 [0.0004] 0.01 [0.0004] 0.01 [0.0004] 0.01 [0.0004]Repeat accuracy for swiveling ° 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

Gripping force in N

Finger length in mm [in]

Gripping force in lbf

29_GSM-Z_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:08 Uhr Seite 774

Page 218: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-Z 45Pneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Centric Grippers

775w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J The rotary movement can only be monitored at rotating angles of 0° and 180°, angles between these cannot be monitored.

Technical data 180° rotating angleDescription GSM-Z 45-E-180 GSM-Z 45-S-180 GSM-Z 45-AS-E-180 GSM-Z 45-AS-S-180 GSM-Z 45-IS-E-180 GSM-Z 45-IS-S-180

ID 0303863 0303963 0303864 0303964 0303865 0303965Stroke per finger mm [in] 5.0 [0.197] 5.0 [0.197] 5.0 [0.197] 5.0 [0.197] 5.0 [0.197] 5.0 [0.197]Closing force N [lbf] 225.0 [51] 225.0 [51] 310.0 [70] 310.0 [70]Opening force N [lbf] 245.0 [55] 245.0 [55] 310.0 [70] 310.0 [70]Min. gripping force through spring N [lbf] 85.0 [19.1] 85.0 [19.1] 95.0 [21.4] 95.0 [21.4]Torque Nm [lbf ft] 2.7 [2.0] 2.7 [2.0] 2.7 [2.0] 2.7 [2.0] 2.7 [2.0] 2.7 [2.0]Rotating angle ° 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0Adjustability of end positions ° 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0Damping for rotation Elastomer damping hydr. shock absorbers Elastomer damping hydr. shock absorbers Elastomer damping hydr. shock absorbersRecommended workpiece weight kg [lbs] 1.1 [2.43] 1.1 [2.43] 1.1 [2.43] 1.1 [2.43] 1.1 [2.43] 1.1 [2.43]Air consumption for gripping cm3 [in3] 13.85 [0.85] 13.85 [0.85] 13.85 [0.85] 13.85 [0.85] 13.85 [0.85] 13.85 [0.85]Air consumption for swiveling cm3 [in3] 85.0 [5.19] 85.0 [5.19] 85.0 [5.19] 85.0 [5.19] 85.0 [5.19] 85.0 [5.19]Weight kg [lbs] 1.2 [2.65] 1.2 [2.65] 1.32 [2.91] 1.32 [2.91] 1.32 [2.91] 1.32 [2.91]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure for gripping bar [psi] 2.0 [29] 2.0 [29] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58] 4.0 [58]Maximum pressure for gripping bar [psi] 8.0 [116] 8.0 [116] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94]Minimum pressure for swiveling bar [psi] 3.0 [44] 3.0 [44] 3.0 [44] 3.0 [44] 3.0 [44] 3.0 [44]Maximum pressure for swiveling bar [psi] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94] 6.5 [94]Closing time for gripping s 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.05 0.05Opening time for gripping s 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.04Swiveling time with middle attached load s 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24Max. permitted finger length mm [in] 45.0 [1.772] 45.0 [1.772] 45.0 [1.772] 45.0 [1.772] 45.0 [1.772] 45.0 [1.772]Max. permitted weight per finger kg [lbs] 0.08 [0.18] 0.08 [0.18] 0.08 [0.18] 0.08 [0.18] 0.08 [0.18] 0.08 [0.18]IP class 40 40 40 40 40 40Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14] 5.0 [41] -10.0 [14] 5.0 [41] -10.0 [14] 5.0 [41]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194] 60.0 [140] 90.0 [194] 60.0 [140] 90.0 [194] 60.0 [140]Repeat accuracy for gripping mm [in] 0.01 [0.0004] 0.01 [0.0004] 0.01 [0.0004] 0.01 [0.0004] 0.01 [0.0004] 0.01 [0.0004]Repeat accuracy for swiveling ° 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

29_GSM-Z_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:08 Uhr Seite 775

Page 219: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-Z 45Pneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Centric Grippers

776 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

The mechanical gripping force safety device ensures a minimum gripping force even ifthere is a drop in pressure. This acts as closing force in the AS version, and as openingforce in the IS version. In addition, the gripping force safety device can also be employedas a gripping force booster or for single-acting gripping.

The direct connection is used for supplying compressed air to the gripper withoutvulnerable hoses. Instead, the pressure medium is fed through bore-holes in themounting plate.

� Adapter Gripper-swivel module

Main views

The drawing shows the gripper in the basic version with open jaws, the dimensionsdo not include the options described below.

A,a Main/direct connection, clockwise rotaryunit

B,b Main/direct connection, anti-clockwiserotary unit

C,c Main/direct connection, gripper openingD,d Main/direct connection, gripper closing

� Rotary unit connection� Finger connection�# Monitoring of gripping�$ Monitoring of swiveling�� Interfering contour during swiveling

AS/IS gripping force safety device

J The SDV-P pressure maintenance valve can also be used (see “Accessories”catalog section) for I.D. or O.D. gripping as an alternative or in addition to thespring-loaded, mechanical gripping force safety device.

Hoseless direct connection

29_GSM-Z_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:08 Uhr Seite 776

Page 220: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-Z 45Pneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Centric Grippers

777w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

�$ With AS / IS version

The mounting kits for the 90° and 180° GSM versions are identical, only the mounting isdifferent. The mounting kit consists of 2 switch cams, 2 operating cams and smallcomponents. The proximity switches must be ordered separately.Description IDAS-GSM-Z 45 0304946

�$ With AS / IS version

The mounting kits for the 90° and 180° GSM versions are identical, only the mounting isdifferent. The mounting kit consists of 2 switch cams, 2 operating cams (only one needsto be fitted, see operating manual), 4 sensor brackets and small components. Theproximity switches must be ordered separately.Description IDAS-GSM-Z 45 0304946

Finger blanks for customized subsequent machining, incl. screw connection diagramDescription Material Scope of delivery IDABR 45 Aluminum 3 0340539

Different dimensions in the shock absorber version

Shock absorber version Finger blanks

Mounting kit for proximity switches – angle of rotation 90° Mounting kit for proximity switches – angle of rotation 180°

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

29_GSM-Z_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:08 Uhr Seite 777

Page 221: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

J Four sensors (NO contacts) are required for each GSM, plus extension cables as anoption. The control determines the states of the rotary or gripping process by thelogical evaluation of the four sensor signals.Please note that when inductive proximity switches are used, the switching positionsare not adjustable.

End position monitoring: Inductive proximity switches, mounted with mountingkitDescription ID Recommended productAS-GSM-Z 45 0304946IN 40/S-M12 0301574IN 40/S-M8 0301474 •INK 40/S 0301555

GSM-Z 45Pneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Centric Grippers

778 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J Please note the minimum permitted bending radii for the sensor cables, which aregenerally 35 mm.

Extension cables for proximity switches/magnetic switchesDescription IDGK 3-M5-PNP/NPN 0301652GK 3-M8 0301622KV 10-M12 0301596KV 10-M8 0301496KV 20-M12 0301597KV 20-M8 0301497KV 3-M12 0301595KV 3-M8 0301495W 3-M12 0301503W 3-M5-PNP/NPN 0301650W 5-M12 0301507WK 3-M8 0301594WK 3-M8 NPN 0301602WK 5-M8 0301502WK 5-M8 NPN 9641116

Sensor system

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

29_GSM-Z_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:08 Uhr Seite 778

Page 222: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

GSM-Z 45Pneumatic · Grippers Swivel Modules · Centric Grippers

779w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

29_GSM-Z_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:08 Uhr Seite 779

Page 223: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

Pneumatic Escapement Modules

Kapitel_Feed Escapement.qxd 10.04.2008 15:17 Uhr Seite 780

Page 224: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

Pneumatic Escapement Modules

781w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

ESCA

PEM

ENT

MO

DULE

S Series Size Page

Single Escapement

PES 782

PES 30 786

PES 38 790

PES 48 794

Double Escapement

PED 798

PED 60 802

PED 76 806

PED 96 810

Kapitel_Feed Escapement.qxd 10.04.2008 15:17 Uhr Seite 781

Page 225: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PESPneumatic · Escapement Modules · Single Escapement

782 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Sizes30 .. 48

Weight0.17 kg .. 1.56 kg0.37 lbs .. 3.44 lbs

Advancing force83 N .. 265 N18.7 lbf .. 60 lbf

Stroke15 mm .. 60 mm0.591 in .. 2.362 in

Bending moment5 Nm .. 20 Nm3.7 lbf ft .. 14.8 lbf ft

Application example

Separation of cylindrical blanks for individual feed to the machining station

PES 38 Single Escapement

30_PES_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:28 Uhr Seite 782

Page 226: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PESPneumatic · Escapement Modules · Single Escapement

783w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Attached to the housingallowing universal mounting of the escapement

Threads on four surfaces of the base fingerfor the flexible attachment of the top fingers

Diverse options(dust protection, spring lock, stopp cylinder) for optimization to suit precisely your requirements.

Single escapement with integrated magnetic switch monitoring, canalso be used as a stop cylinder

Single Escapement

Area of applicationFor use for the individual feeding of bulk material or magazinedworkpieces, or for use as a stop cylinder for the temporarystoppage of pallets on conveyor systems.

Your advantages and benefits

Information about the seriesWorking principleConventional, pneumatic round piston drive, directly connected to a square basefinger

Housing materialAluminum, hard-anodized

Base finger materialPolished stainless steel

Warranty24 months

ActuationPneumatic, with filtered compressed air (10 μm): Dry, lubricated or non-lubricatedPressure medium: Required quality class of compressed air according to DIN ISO8573-1: Quality class 4

Scope of deliveryCentering sleeves, T-slots, assembly and operating manual with manufacturer’s declaration

30_PES_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:28 Uhr Seite 783

Page 227: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PESPneumatic · Escapement Modules · Single Escapement

784 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

MonitoringIntegrated end position monitoring withmagnetic switches

HousingWeight-reduced through the use of a hard-anodized, high-strength aluminum alloy

GuidanceMaximum precision and load-bearing capacitythrough guidance with minimum play

DrivePneumatic, powerful and easy to handle

Mounting optionsfor universal finger assembly

The pneumatic piston is moved by compressed air. This causes the square rod toextend and retract. The product-specific top finger mounted on the square rodseparates the workpieces that are fed to it. When employed as a pallet stopper, the square rod itself acts as the stop.

Function descriptionDust-protection versionDust proof, increased degree of protection against the ingress of substances, for use in dusty environments

Stop cylinder versionFor the temporary stoppage of pallets on conveyor systems

Options and special information

Sectional diagram

30_PES_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:28 Uhr Seite 784

Page 228: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PESPneumatic · Escapement Modules · Single Escapement

785w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Using the PES as an escapementWhen the PES is used as an escapement, as a rule a workpiece-specific top finger ismounted.

Using the PES as a stopperWhen the PES is used as a stopper, the PES piston rod itself has contact with thepallet that needs to be stopped. No top fingers may be mounted.

T-slot mountingAlternatively, the PES can also be mounted using the groove on the rear and thesupplied T-slots.

Finger length LThe finger length L is measured from the upper edge of the housing to the point ofcontact of the workpiece/pallet in the direction of motion of the piston rod.

General information on the series

SCHUNK accessories – thesuitable complement for thehighest level of functionality,reliability and controlledproduction of all automationmodules.

Centering sleeves Fittings MMS magnetic switch

V sensor distributors

SDV-P pressure maintenance valves

Accessories

W/WK/KV/GK sensor cables

J For the exact size of the required accessories, availability of this size and the designation and ID, please refer to the additional views at the end of the size in question. Youcan find more detailed information on our accessory range in the “Accessories” catalog section.

30_PES_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:29 Uhr Seite 785

Page 229: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PES 30Pneumatic · Escapement Modules · Single Escapement

786 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Technical data

Finger load

J Moments apply from the upper edge of the housing andmay occur simultaneously. Leverages of forces aremeasured from the upper edge of the housing.

Permitted weight/speed

Permitted weight/speed

��

� �� � ��

����� � �� ����� �� ������� ��

��

��

��

��

��

� �� ��

�� ��� �

��

General StoppersMy max. 5.0 Nm [3.7 lbf ft] 10.0 Nm [7.4 lbf ft]Mz max. 5.0 Nm [3.7 lbf ft] 10.0 Nm [7.4 lbf ft]

Description PES 30 PES 30-FS PES 30-SD PES 30-FS-SD PES 30-SZID 0302650 0302651 0302300 0302301 0302652

Max. bending moment Nm [lbf ft] 5.0 [3.7] 5.0 [3.7] 5.0 [3.7] 5.0 [3.7] 10.0 [7.4]Weight kg [lbs] 0.17 [0.37] 0.19 [0.42] 0.17 [0.37] 0.19 [0.42] 0.25 [0.55]Stroke mm [in] 15.0 [0.591] 15.0 [0.591] 15.0 [0.591] 15.0 [0.591] 15.0 [0.591]Advancing force N [lbf] 83.0 [18.7] 93.0 [20.9] 83.0 [18.7] 93.0 [20.9] 83.0 [18.7]Spring lock No Yes No Yes NoMin. spring force N [lbf] 7.0 [1.6] 7.0 [1.6]Stopper version No No No No YesMax. permitted finger weight kg [lbs] 0.12 [0.26] 0.12 [0.26] 0.12 [0.26] 0.12 [0.26] 0.0 [0.00]Dust protection No No Yes Yes NoIP class 40 40 64 64 40Air consumption per double stroke of a finger cm3 [in3] 4.17 [0.25] 4.17 [0.25] 4.17 [0.25] 4.17 [0.25] 4.17 [0.25]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure bar [psi] 2.0 [29] 2.0 [29] 2.0 [29] 2.0 [29] 2.0 [29]Maximum pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87]Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14] -10.0 [14] -10.0 [14] -10.0 [14] -10.0 [14]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194] 90.0 [194] 90.0 [194] 90.0 [194] 90.0 [194]

Workpiece weight m in kg Workpiece weight m in lbs

Contact speed v in m/min

Workpiece weight m in kg Workpiece weight m in lbs

Contact speed v in m/min

30_PES_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:29 Uhr Seite 786

Page 230: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PES 30Pneumatic · Escapement Modules · Single Escapement

787w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

With its additional cover panel, the dust-protection version increases tightness from IP40to IP64.

The spring lock ensures that the escapement does not return, thereby releasing theparts, if there is a drop in pressure.

Main views

The drawing shows the escapement in the basic version, the dimensions do not include the options described below.

A,a Main/direct connection, extend advance linear unitB,b Main/direct connection, return retract linear unit� Linear unit connection� Connection of the unit�! Fastening groove for T-nuts

Dust-protection version

J As an alternative to the spring-loaded positioning lock, the SDV-P pressuremaintenance valve can be used (see “Accessories” catalog section).

FS spring lock

30_PES_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:29 Uhr Seite 787

Page 231: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PES 30Pneumatic · Escapement Modules · Single Escapement

788 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Stopper version for use as a stop cylinder in pallet conveyor systems.The pallets are stopped directly by the base fingers, no top fingers are mounted.

Spring lock and dust protection SZ stop cylinder version

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

30_PES_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:29 Uhr Seite 788

Page 232: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PES 30Pneumatic · Escapement Modules · Single Escapement

789w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J Please note the minimum permitted bending radii for the sensor cables, which aregenerally 35 mm.

End position monitoring:Electronic magnetic switches, for mounting in C-slotDescription ID Recommended productMMS 22-S-M5-NPN 0301455MMS 22-S-M5-NPN-SA 0301461MMS 22-S-M5-PNP 0301454MMS 22-S-M5-PNP-SA 0301460MMS 22-S-M8-NPN 0301451MMS 22-S-M8-NPN-SA 0301457MMS 22-S-M8-PNP 0301450 •MMS 22-S-M8-PNP-SA 0301456MMSK 22-S-NPN 0301453MMSK 22-S-NPN-SA 0301459MMSK 22-S-PNP 0301452MMSK 22-S-PNP-SA 0301458

Sensor system

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

Extension cables for proximity switches/magnetic switchesDescription IDGK 3-M5-PNP/NPN 0301652GK 3-M8 0301622KV 10-M8 0301496KV 20-M8 0301497W 3-M5-PNP/NPN 0301650WK 3-M8 0301594WK 3-M8 NPN 0301602WK 5-M8 0301502WK 5-M8 NPN 9641116

J Two sensors (NO contacts) are required for each escapement, plus extension cablesas an option.

30_PES_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:29 Uhr Seite 789

Page 233: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PES 38Pneumatic · Escapement Modules · Single Escapement

790 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Technical data

Finger load

J Moments apply from the upper edge of the housing andmay occur simultaneously. Leverages of forces aremeasured from the upper edge of the housing.

Permitted weight/speed

Permitted weight/speed

��

��

� �� �� ��

����� � �� ������� ��

������ �� ����� ��

��

��

��

��

��

��

� �� �� ��

�� �����

��

General StoppersMy max. 7.0 Nm [5.2 lbf ft] 14.0 Nm [10.3 lbf ft]Mz max. 7.0 Nm [5.2 lbf ft] 14.0 Nm [10.3 lbf ft]

Description PES 38 PES 38-FS PES 38-SD PES 38-FS-SD PES 38-SZID 0302658 0302659 0302380 0302381 0302660

Max. bending moment Nm [lbf ft] 7.0 [5.2] 7.0 [5.2] 7.0 [5.2] 7.0 [5.2] 14.0 [10.3]Weight kg [lbs] 0.43 [0.95] 0.48 [1.06] 0.43 [0.95] 0.48 [1.06] 0.62 [1.37]Stroke mm [in] 30.0 [1.181] 30.0 [1.181] 30.0 [1.181] 30.0 [1.181] 30.0 [1.181]Advancing force N [lbf] 108.0 [24] 120.0 [27] 108.0 [24] 120.0 [27] 108.0 [24]Spring lock No Yes No Yes NoMin. spring force N [lbf] 9.0 [2.0] 9.0 [2.0]Stopper version No No No No YesMax. permitted finger weight kg [lbs] 0.18 [0.40] 0.18 [0.40] 0.18 [0.40] 0.18 [0.40] 0.0 [0.00]Dust protection No No Yes Yes NoIP class 40 40 64 64 40Air consumption per double stroke of a finger cm3 [in3] 10.5 [0.64] 10.5 [0.64] 10.5 [0.64] 10.5 [0.64] 10.5 [0.64]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure bar [psi] 2.0 [29] 2.0 [29] 2.0 [29] 2.0 [29] 2.0 [29]Maximum pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87]Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14] -10.0 [14] -10.0 [14] -10.0 [14] -10.0 [14]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194] 90.0 [194] 90.0 [194] 90.0 [194] 90.0 [194]

Workpiece weight m in kg Workpiece weight m in lbs

Contact speed v in m/min

Workpiece weight m in kg Workpiece weight m in lbs

Contact speed v in m/min

30_PES_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:29 Uhr Seite 790

Page 234: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PES 38Pneumatic · Escapement Modules · Single Escapement

791w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

With its additional cover panel, the dust-protection version increases tightness from IP40to IP64.

The spring lock ensures that the escapement does not return, thereby releasing theparts, if there is a drop in pressure.

Main views

The drawing shows the escapement in the basic version, the dimensions do notinclude the options described below.

A,a Main/direct connection, extend advance linear unitB,b Main/direct connection, return retract linear unit� Linear unit connection� Connection of the unit�! Fastening groove for T-nuts

Dust-protection version

J As an alternative to the spring-loaded positioning lock, the SDV-P pressuremaintenance valve can be used (see “Accessories” catalog section).

FS spring lock

30_PES_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:29 Uhr Seite 791

Page 235: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PES 38Pneumatic · Escapement Modules · Single Escapement

792 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Stopper version for use as a stop cylinder in pallet conveyor systems. The pallets are stopped directly by the base fingers, no top fingers are mounted.

Spring lock and dust protection SZ stop cylinder version

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

30_PES_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:29 Uhr Seite 792

Page 236: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PES 38Pneumatic · Escapement Modules · Single Escapement

793w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J Please note the minimum permitted bending radii for the sensor cables, which aregenerally 35 mm.

Extension cables for proximity switches/magnetic switchesDescription IDGK 3-M5-PNP/NPN 0301652GK 3-M8 0301622KV 10-M8 0301496KV 20-M8 0301497W 3-M5-PNP/NPN 0301650WK 3-M8 0301594WK 3-M8 NPN 0301602WK 5-M8 0301502WK 5-M8 NPN 9641116

End position monitoring:Electronic magnetic switches, for mounting in C-slotDescription ID Recommended productMMS 22-S-M5-NPN 0301455MMS 22-S-M5-NPN-SA 0301461MMS 22-S-M5-PNP 0301454MMS 22-S-M5-PNP-SA 0301460MMS 22-S-M8-NPN 0301451MMS 22-S-M8-NPN-SA 0301457MMS 22-S-M8-PNP 0301450 •MMS 22-S-M8-PNP-SA 0301456MMSK 22-S-NPN 0301453MMSK 22-S-NPN-SA 0301459MMSK 22-S-PNP 0301452MMSK 22-S-PNP-SA 0301458

Sensor system

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

J Two sensors (NO contacts) are required for each escapement, plus extension cablesas an option.

30_PES_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:29 Uhr Seite 793

Page 237: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PES 48Pneumatic · Escapement Modules · Single Escapement

794 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Technical data

Finger load

J Moments apply from the upper edge of the housing andmay occur simultaneously. Leverages of forces aremeasured from the upper edge of the housing.

Permitted weight/speed

Permitted weight/speed

��

��

��

� �� �� �� �

����� �� ������� �� ������ ��

���� �� �� ����� ��

��

��

��

� �� �� �� �

�� � �

General StoppersMy max. 10.0 Nm [7.4 lbf ft] 20.0 Nm [14.8 lbf ft]Mz max. 10.0 Nm [7.4 lbf ft] 20.0 Nm [14.8 lbf ft]

Description PES 48 PES 48-FS PES 48-SD PES 48-FS-SD PES 48-SZID 0302666 0302667 0302480 0302481 0302668

Max. bending moment Nm [lbf ft] 10.0 [7.4] 10.0 [7.4] 10.0 [7.4] 10.0 [7.4] 20.0 [14.8]Weight kg [lbs] 1.14 [2.51] 1.26 [2.78] 1.14 [2.51] 1.26 [2.78] 1.56 [3.44]Stroke mm [in] 60.0 [2.362] 60.0 [2.362] 60.0 [2.362] 60.0 [2.362] 60.0 [2.362]Advancing force N [lbf] 244.0 [55] 265.0 [60] 244.0 [55] 265.0 [60] 244.0 [55]Spring lock No Yes No Yes NoMin. spring force N [lbf] 17.0 [3.8] 17.0 [3.8]Stopper version No No No No YesMax. permitted finger weight kg [lbs] 0.42 [0.93] 0.42 [0.93] 0.42 [0.93] 0.42 [0.93] 0.0 [0.00]Dust protection No No Yes Yes NoIP class 40 40 64 64 40Air consumption per double stroke of a finger cm3 [in3] 49.5 [3.02] 49.5 [3.02] 49.5 [3.02] 49.5 [3.02] 49.5 [3.02]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure bar [psi] 2.0 [29] 2.0 [29] 2.0 [29] 2.0 [29] 2.0 [29]Maximum pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87]Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14] -10.0 [14] -10.0 [14] -10.0 [14] -10.0 [14]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194] 90.0 [194] 90.0 [194] 90.0 [194] 90.0 [194]

Workpiece weight m in kg Workpiece weight m in lbs

Contact speed v in m/min

Workpiece weight m in kg Workpiece weight m in lbs

Contact speed v in m/min

30_PES_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:29 Uhr Seite 794

Page 238: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PES 48Pneumatic · Escapement Modules · Single Escapement

795w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

With its additional cover panel, the dust-protection version increases tightness from IP40to IP64.

The spring lock ensures that the escapement does not return, thereby releasing theparts, if there is a drop in pressure.

Main views

The drawing shows the escapement in the basic version, the dimensions do notinclude the options described below.

A,a Main/direct connection, extend advance linear unitB,b Main/direct connection, return retract linear unit� Linear unit connection� Connection of the unit�! Fastening groove for T-nuts

Dust-protection version

J As an alternative to the spring-loaded positioning lock, the SDV-P pressuremaintenance valve can be used (see “Accessories” catalog section).

FS spring lock

30_PES_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:29 Uhr Seite 795

Page 239: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PES 48Pneumatic · Escapement Modules · Single Escapement

796 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Stopper version for use as a stopp cylinder in pallet conveyor systems. The pallets are stopped directly by the base fingers, no top fingers are mounted.

Spring lock and dust protection SZ stopp cylinder version

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

30_PES_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:29 Uhr Seite 796

Page 240: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PES 48Pneumatic · Escapement Modules · Single Escapement

797w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J Please note the minimum permitted bending radii for the sensor cables, which aregenerally 35 mm.

Extension cables for proximity switches/magnetic switchesDescription IDGK 3-M5-PNP/NPN 0301652GK 3-M8 0301622KV 10-M8 0301496KV 20-M8 0301497W 3-M5-PNP/NPN 0301650WK 3-M8 0301594WK 3-M8 NPN 0301602WK 5-M8 0301502WK 5-M8 NPN 9641116

End position monitoring:Electronic magnetic switches, for mounting in C-slotDescription ID Recommended productMMS 22-S-M5-NPN 0301455MMS 22-S-M5-NPN-SA 0301461MMS 22-S-M5-PNP 0301454MMS 22-S-M5-PNP-SA 0301460MMS 22-S-M8-NPN 0301451MMS 22-S-M8-NPN-SA 0301457MMS 22-S-M8-PNP 0301450 •MMS 22-S-M8-PNP-SA 0301456MMSK 22-S-NPN 0301453MMSK 22-S-NPN-SA 0301459MMSK 22-S-PNP 0301452MMSK 22-S-PNP-SA 0301458

Sensor system

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

J Two sensors (NO contacts) are required for each escapement, plus extension cablesas an option.

30_PES_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:29 Uhr Seite 797

Page 241: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PEDPneumatic · Escapement Modules · Double Escapement

798 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Sizes60 .. 96

Weight0.34 kg .. 2.52 kg0.75 lbs .. 5.56 lbs

Advancing force83 N .. 265 N18.7 lbf .. 60 lbf

Stroke15 mm .. 60 mm0.591 in .. 2.362 in

Bending moment5 Nm .. 10 Nm3.7 lbf ft .. 7.4 lbf ft

Application example

Combined magazining/separating/feedapplication for the rolling of inline skates

PED 76 Double Escapement withworkpiece-specific fingers

31_PED_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:22 Uhr Seite 798

Page 242: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PEDPneumatic · Escapement Modules · Double Escapement

799w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Mechanical mutual forced lockingso that two fingers can never return at the same time. The magazine can never run empty and uncontrolled.

Attachment to the housingallowing universal mounting of the escapement

Threads on four surfaces of the base fingerfor the flexible attachment of the top fingers

Diverse options(dust protection, spring lock) for optimization to suit precisely your requirements

Double escapement with mutual forced lockingDouble Escapement

Area of applicationFor use in the separate feed of bulk material or magazinedworkpieces. Its use is particularly recommended when two linkedsingle escapements are employed in close proximity.

Your advantages and benefits

Information about the seriesWorking principleConventional, pneumatic round piston drive, directly connected to a square basefinger

Housing materialAluminum, hard-anodized

Base finger materialPolished stainless steel

Warranty24 months

ActuationPneumatic, with filtered compressed air (10 μm): Dry, lubricated or non-lubricatedPressure medium: Required quality class of compressed air according to DIN ISO8573-1: Quality class 4

Scope of deliveryCentering sleeves, T-slots, assembly and operating manual with manufacturer’s declaration

31_PED_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:22 Uhr Seite 799

Page 243: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PEDPneumatic · Escapement Modules · Double Escapement

800 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

MonitoringIntegrated end position monitoring withmagnetic switches

HousingWeight-reduced through the use of a hard-anodized, high-strength aluminum alloy

GuidanceMaximum precision and load-bearing capacitythrough guidance with minimum play

DrivePneumatic, powerful and easy to handle

Mounting optionsfor universal finger assembly

The pneumatic piston is moved by compressed air. This causes the square rod toextend and retract. The product-specific top finger mounted on the square rod separates the workpieces that are fed to it. The integrated forced locking device only permits the return of one square rod at a time.

Function descriptionThe PED’s mechanical mutual forced locking device increases the reliability of theprocess.

Dust-protection versionDust proof, increased degree of protection against the ingress of substances, for use in dusty environments.

Options and special information

Sectional diagram

31_PED_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:22 Uhr Seite 800

Page 244: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PEDPneumatic · Escapement Modules · Double Escapement

801w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Using the PED as an escapementWhen the PED is used as an escapement, as a rule, a workpiece-specific top finger ismounted.

T-slot mountingAlternatively, the PED can also be mounted using the groove on the rear and thesupplied T-slots.

General information on the series

SCHUNK accessories – thesuitable complement for thehighest level of functionality,reliability and controlledproduction of all automationmodules.

Centering sleeves Fittings MMS magnetic switch

V sensor distributors

SDV-P pressure maintenance valves

Accessories

W/WK/KV/GK sensorcables

J For the exact size of the required accessories, availability of this size and the designation and ID, please refer to the additional views at the end of the size in question. Youcan find more detailed information on our accessory range in the “Accessories” catalog section.

31_PED_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:23 Uhr Seite 801

Page 245: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PED 60Pneumatic · Escapement Modules · Double Escapement

802 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Technical data

Finger load

J Moments apply from the upper edge of the housing andmay occur simultaneously. Leverages of forces aremeasured from the upper edge of the housing.

Permitted weight/speed

��

��

� � �� �� ��

���� � �� ����� � ��� ������ ��

��

My max. 5.0 Nm [3.7 lbf ft]Mz max. 5.0 Nm [3.7 lbf ft]

Description PED 60 PED 60-FS PED 60-SD PED 60-FS-SDID 0302654 0302655 0302303 0302304

Max. bending moment Nm [lbf ft] 5.0 [3.7] 5.0 [3.7] 5.0 [3.7] 5.0 [3.7]Weight kg [lbs] 0.34 [0.75] 0.38 [0.84] 0.34 [0.75] 0.38 [0.84]Stroke mm [in] 15.0 [0.591] 15.0 [0.591] 15.0 [0.591] 15.0 [0.591]Advancing force N [lbf] 83.0 [18.7] 93.0 [20.9] 83.0 [18.7] 93.0 [20.9]Spring lock No Yes No YesMin. spring force N [lbf] 7.0 [1.6] 7.0 [1.6]Max. permitted finger weight kg [lbs] 0.12 [0.26] 0.12 [0.26] 0.12 [0.26] 0.12 [0.26]Dust protection No No Yes YesIP class 40 40 64 64Air consumption per double stroke of a finger cm3 [in3] 8.34 [0.51] 8.34 [0.51] 8.34 [0.51] 8.34 [0.51]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure bar [psi] 2.0 [29] 2.0 [29] 2.0 [29] 2.0 [29]Maximum pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87]Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14] -10.0 [14] -10.0 [14] -10.0 [14]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194] 90.0 [194] 90.0 [194] 90.0 [194]

Workpiece weight m in kg Workpiece weight m in lbs

Contact speed v in m/min

31_PED_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:23 Uhr Seite 802

Page 246: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PED 60Pneumatic · Escapement Modules · Double Escapement

803w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

With its additional cover panel, the dust-protection version increases tightness from IP40to IP64.

The spring lock ensures that the escapement does not return, thereby releasing theparts, if there is a drop in pressure.

Main views

The drawing shows the escapement in the basic version, the dimensions do notinclude the options described below.

A,a Main/direct connection, extend advance linear unitB,b Main/direct connection, return retract linear unit� Linear unit connection� Connection of the unit�! Fastening groove for T-nuts

Dust-protection version

J As an alternative to the spring-loaded positioning lock, the SDV-P pressuremaintenance valve can be used (see “Accessories” catalog section).

FS spring lock

31_PED_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:23 Uhr Seite 803

Page 247: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PED 60Pneumatic · Escapement Modules · Double Escapement

804 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Spring lock and dust protection

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

31_PED_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:23 Uhr Seite 804

Page 248: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PED 60Pneumatic · Escapement Modules · Double Escapement

805w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J Please note the minimum permitted bending radii for the sensor cables, which aregenerally 35 mm.

Extension cables for proximity switches/magnetic switchesDescription IDGK 3-M5-PNP/NPN 0301652GK 3-M8 0301622KV 10-M8 0301496KV 20-M8 0301497W 3-M5-PNP/NPN 0301650WK 3-M8 0301594WK 3-M8 NPN 0301602WK 5-M8 0301502WK 5-M8 NPN 9641116

End position monitoring:Electronic magnetic switches, for mounting in C-slotDescription ID Recommended productMMS 22-S-M5-NPN 0301455MMS 22-S-M5-NPN-SA 0301461MMS 22-S-M5-PNP 0301454MMS 22-S-M5-PNP-SA 0301460MMS 22-S-M8-NPN 0301451MMS 22-S-M8-NPN-SA 0301457MMS 22-S-M8-PNP 0301450 •MMS 22-S-M8-PNP-SA 0301456MMSK 22-S-NPN 0301453MMSK 22-S-NPN-SA 0301459MMSK 22-S-PNP 0301452MMSK 22-S-PNP-SA 0301458

Sensor system

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

J Four sensors (NO contacts) are required for each double escapement, plus extensioncables as an option.

31_PED_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:23 Uhr Seite 805

Page 249: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PED 76Pneumatic · Escapement Modules · Double Escapement

806 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Technical data

Finger load

J Moments apply from the upper edge of the housing andmay occur simultaneously. Leverages of forces aremeasured from the upper edge of the housing.

Permitted weight/speed

��

��

� �� �� ��

����� � �� ������� ��

������ �� ����� ��

��

��

��

My max. 7.0 Nm [5.2 lbf ft]Mz max. 7.0 Nm [5.2 lbf ft]

Description PED 76 PED 76-FS PED 76-SD PED 76-FS-SDID 0302662 0302663 0302383 0302384

Max. bending moment Nm [lbf ft] 7.0 [5.2] 7.0 [5.2] 7.0 [5.2] 7.0 [5.2]Weight kg [lbs] 0.86 [1.90] 1.24 [2.73] 0.86 [1.90] 1.24 [2.73]Stroke mm [in] 30.0 [1.181] 30.0 [1.181] 30.0 [1.181] 30.0 [1.181]Advancing force N [lbf] 108.0 [24] 120.0 [27] 108.0 [24] 120.0 [27]Spring lock No Yes No YesMin. spring force N [lbf] 9.0 [2.0] 9.0 [2.0]Max. permitted finger weight kg [lbs] 0.18 [0.40] 0.18 [0.40] 0.18 [0.40] 0.18 [0.40]Dust protection No No Yes YesIP class 40 40 64 64Air consumption per double stroke of a finger cm3 [in3] 21.0 [1.28] 21.0 [1.28] 21.0 [1.28] 21.0 [1.28]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure bar [psi] 2.0 [29] 2.0 [29] 2.0 [29] 2.0 [29]Maximum pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87]Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14] -10.0 [14] -10.0 [14] -10.0 [14]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194] 90.0 [194] 90.0 [194] 90.0 [194]

Workpiece weight m in kg Workpiece weight m in lbs

Contact speed v in m/min

31_PED_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:23 Uhr Seite 806

Page 250: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PED 76Pneumatic · Escapement Modules · Double Escapement

807w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

With its additional cover panel, the dust-protection version increases tightness from IP40to IP64.

The spring lock ensures that the escapement does not return, thereby releasing theparts, if there is a drop in pressure.

Main views

The drawing shows the escapement in the basic version, the dimensions do notinclude the options described below.

A,a Main/direct connection, extend advance linear unitB,b Main/direct connection, return retract linear unit� Linear unit connection� Connection of the unit�! Fastening groove for T-nuts

Dust-protection version

J The SDV-P pressure maintenance valve can be used to hold the position upon aloss of pressure (see “Accessories” catalog section).

FS spring lock

31_PED_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:23 Uhr Seite 807

Page 251: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PED 76Pneumatic · Escapement Modules · Double Escapement

808 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Spring lock and dust protection

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

31_PED_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:23 Uhr Seite 808

Page 252: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PED 76Pneumatic · Escapement Modules · Double Escapement

809w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J Please note the minimum permitted bending radii for the sensor cables, which aregenerally 35 mm.

Extension cables for proximity switches/magnetic switchesDescription IDGK 3-M5-PNP/NPN 0301652GK 3-M8 0301622KV 10-M8 0301496KV 20-M8 0301497W 3-M5-PNP/NPN 0301650WK 3-M8 0301594WK 3-M8 NPN 0301602WK 5-M8 0301502WK 5-M8 NPN 9641116

End position monitoring:Electronic magnetic switches, for mounting in C-slotDescription ID Recommended productMMS 22-S-M5-NPN 0301455MMS 22-S-M5-NPN-SA 0301461MMS 22-S-M5-PNP 0301454MMS 22-S-M5-PNP-SA 0301460MMS 22-S-M8-NPN 0301451MMS 22-S-M8-NPN-SA 0301457MMS 22-S-M8-PNP 0301450 •MMS 22-S-M8-PNP-SA 0301456MMSK 22-S-NPN 0301453MMSK 22-S-NPN-SA 0301459MMSK 22-S-PNP 0301452MMSK 22-S-PNP-SA 0301458

Sensor system

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

J Four sensors (NO contacts) are required for each double escapement, plus extensioncables as an option.

31_PED_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:23 Uhr Seite 809

Page 253: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PED 96Pneumatic · Escapement Modules · Double Escapement

810 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Technical data

Finger load

J Moments apply from the upper edge of the housing andmay occur simultaneously. Leverages of forces aremeasured from the upper edge of the housing.

Permitted weight/speed

��

��

��

� �� �� �� �

����� �� ������� �� ������ ��

���� �� �� ����� ��

��

��

My max. 10.0 Nm [7.4 lbf ft]Mz max. 10.0 Nm [7.4 lbf ft]

Description PED 96 PED 96-FS PED 96-SD PED 96-FS-SDID 0302670 0302671 0302483 0302484

Max. bending moment Nm [lbf ft] 10.0 [7.4] 10.0 [7.4] 10.0 [7.4] 10.0 [7.4]Weight kg [lbs] 2.28 [5.03] 2.52 [5.56] 2.28 [5.03] 2.52 [5.56]Stroke mm [in] 60.0 [2.362] 60.0 [2.362] 60.0 [2.362] 60.0 [2.362]Advancing force N [lbf] 244.0 [55] 265.0 [60] 244.0 [55] 265.0 [60]Spring lock No Yes No YesMin. spring force N [lbf] 17.0 [3.8] 17.0 [3.8]Max. permitted finger weight kg [lbs] 0.42 [0.93] 0.42 [0.93] 0.42 [0.93] 0.42 [0.93]Dust protection No No Yes YesIP class 40 40 64 64Air consumption per double stroke of a finger cm3 [in3] 99.0 [6.04] 99.0 [6.04] 99.0 [6.04] 99.0 [6.04]Nominal pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87]Minimum pressure bar [psi] 2.0 [29] 2.0 [29] 2.0 [29] 2.0 [29]Maximum pressure bar [psi] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87] 6.0 [87]Min. ambient temperature °C [°F] -10.0 [14] -10.0 [14] -10.0 [14] -10.0 [14]Max. ambient temperature °C [°F] 90.0 [194] 90.0 [194] 90.0 [194] 90.0 [194]

Workpiece weight m in kg Workpiece weight m in lbs

Contact speed v in m/min

31_PED_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:23 Uhr Seite 810

Page 254: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PED 96Pneumatic · Escapement Modules · Double Escapement

811w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

With its additional cover panel, the dust-protection version increases tightness from IP40to IP64.

The spring lock ensures that the escapement does not return, thereby releasing theparts, if there is a drop in pressure.

Main views

The drawing shows the escapement in the basic version, the dimensions do notinclude the options described below.

A,a Main/direct connection, extend advance linear unitB,b Main/direct connection, return retract linear unit� Linear unit connection� Connection of the unit�! Fastening groove for T-nuts

Dust-protection version

J As an alternative to the spring-loaded positioning lock, the SDV-P pressuremaintenance valve can be used (see “Accessories” catalog section).

FS spring lock

31_PED_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:23 Uhr Seite 811

Page 255: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PED 96Pneumatic · Escapement Modules · Double Escapement

812 w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

Spring lock and dust protection

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

31_PED_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:23 Uhr Seite 812

Page 256: Pneumatic Gripping Modules...SGB Pneumatic · 2-Finger Angular Grippers · Angular Grippers for Small Components 560 Sizes 32 .. 50 Weight 0.036 kg .. 0.06 kg 1.27 oz .. 2.12 oz Gripping

PED 96Pneumatic · Escapement Modules · Double Escapement

813w w w . s c h u n k . c o m

J Please note the minimum permitted bending radii for the sensor cables, which aregenerally 35 mm.

Extension cables for proximity switches/magnetic switchesDescription IDGK 3-M5-PNP/NPN 0301652GK 3-M8 0301622KV 10-M8 0301496KV 20-M8 0301497W 3-M5-PNP/NPN 0301650WK 3-M8 0301594WK 3-M8 NPN 0301602WK 5-M8 0301502WK 5-M8 NPN 9641116

End position monitoring:Electronic magnetic switches, for mounting in C-slotDescription ID Recommended productMMS 22-S-M5-NPN 0301455MMS 22-S-M5-NPN-SA 0301461MMS 22-S-M5-PNP 0301454MMS 22-S-M5-PNP-SA 0301460MMS 22-S-M8-NPN 0301451MMS 22-S-M8-NPN-SA 0301457MMS 22-S-M8-PNP 0301450 •MMS 22-S-M8-PNP-SA 0301456MMSK 22-S-NPN 0301453MMSK 22-S-NPN-SA 0301459MMSK 22-S-PNP 0301452MMSK 22-S-PNP-SA 0301458

Sensor system

You can find more detailed information and individual parts of the above-mentioned accessories in the “Accessories” catalog section.

J Four sensors (NO contacts) are required for each double escapement, plus extensioncables as an option.

31_PED_USA.qxd 10.04.2008 15:23 Uhr Seite 813